WO2020075508A1 - Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020075508A1
WO2020075508A1 PCT/JP2019/037806 JP2019037806W WO2020075508A1 WO 2020075508 A1 WO2020075508 A1 WO 2020075508A1 JP 2019037806 W JP2019037806 W JP 2019037806W WO 2020075508 A1 WO2020075508 A1 WO 2020075508A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mass
liquid crystal
group
carbon atoms
crystal composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/037806
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
雄一 井ノ上
純一 間宮
淳子 山本
正臣 木村
Original Assignee
Dic株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dic株式会社 filed Critical Dic株式会社
Priority to JP2020506858A priority Critical patent/JP6787527B2/en
Priority to CN201980046474.0A priority patent/CN112437802A/en
Publication of WO2020075508A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020075508A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/38Polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/42Mixtures of liquid crystal compounds covered by two or more of the preceding groups C09K19/06 - C09K19/40
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal composition and a liquid crystal display device.
  • a polymerizable monomer such as PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) is mixed in the liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer to control the alignment state of liquid crystal molecules.
  • PSA Polymer Sustained Alignment
  • the polymerizable monomer does not have a spacer group in the molecule, the polymer obtained by polymerizing the polymerizable monomer becomes rigid. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the occurrence of IS (Image Sticking: image sticking) in the liquid crystal display element.
  • IS Image Sticking: image sticking
  • such a polymerizable monomer may have low solubility in the liquid crystal composition.
  • An object of the present invention is to dissolve a large amount of a polymerizable monomer, and to sufficiently increase the polymerization rate thereof to form a pretilt angle in a shorter time, and a liquid crystal composition containing such a liquid crystal composition. It is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid crystal display element that has a large pretilt angle, has little or no change in the pretilt angle, and has excellent voltage holding ratio (VHR) and response performance.
  • VHR voltage holding ratio
  • Liquid crystal molecules A polymerizable monomer A having a mesogen skeleton and at least two polymerizable groups bonded to the mesogen skeleton, all of the polymerizable groups being directly bonded to the mesogen skeleton; A polymerizable monomer B having a mesogenic skeleton and at least two polymerizable groups bonded to the mesogenic skeleton, all of the polymerizable groups being bonded to the mesogenic skeleton via a spacer group.
  • a liquid crystal composition comprising:
  • the substituent K i1A is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched chain. Represents a cyanated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent K i1B is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched group. Represents a cyanated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • the amount of the polymerizable monomer A based on the total amount of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B is 25 to 75% by mass, as described in any one of (1) to (7) above. Liquid crystal composition.
  • the total amount of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B contained in the liquid crystal composition is 0.1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal molecule.
  • (10) It is characterized by comprising two substrates and a liquid crystal layer provided between the two substrates and containing the liquid crystal composition according to any one of the above (1) to (9).
  • Liquid crystal display device It is characterized by comprising two substrates and a liquid crystal layer provided between the two substrates and containing the liquid crystal composition according to any one of the above (1) to (9).
  • the mesogenic skeleton preferably has 2 to 4 ring structures, and more preferably 2 to 3 ring structures.
  • mesogenic skeleton examples include the following formula (B i11 ), formula (B i12 ) or formula (B i41 ).
  • One or more hydrogen atoms in the ring structure may be substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the polymerizable monomer A has at least two polymerizable groups.
  • the polymerized product of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B can be firmly fixed to the substrate, and at the same time, the holding power of liquid crystal molecules can be increased. It can also be increased. As a result, separation of the liquid crystal layer from the substrate can be prevented or suppressed. In addition, the pretilt angle imparting force for the liquid crystal molecules can be improved.
  • Such a polymerizable group is selected, for example, from the group represented by the following general formulas (P-1) to (P-13).
  • these polymerizable groups are highly reactive, they can be polymerized sufficiently and reliably even with relatively low energy (for example, light energy and heat energy). Therefore, when the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B are polymerized, it is possible to prevent or suppress the liquid crystal molecules from being adversely affected and deteriorated.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably a group represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-3), and a group represented by formula (P-1) (acryloyl group) or formula (P-2) Group represented by () (methacryloyl group) is more preferable.
  • the two or more polymerizable groups contained in the polymerizable monomer A may be the same or different from each other.
  • the mesogenic skeleton has a substituent K i1A which is bonded to the ring structure in place of or together with the substituents in the general formulas (i-1-1) to (i-4-14). May be.
  • the substituent K i1A is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched chain.
  • a 40-alkoxy group is preferable, a linear alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms or a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • X i1 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or NR i3
  • R i3 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (provided that, in this alkyl group, The secondary carbon atom may be substituted with —O—, —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent.)
  • the polymerizable monomer A has a mesogenic skeleton including the substituent K i1A , it is possible to more reliably impart a sufficient pretilt angle to liquid crystal molecules and make it more difficult for the pretilt angle to change.
  • the polymerizable monomer B has a mesogenic skeleton and at least two polymerizable groups bonded to this mesogenic skeleton. Then, all of the polymerizable groups are bonded to the mesogenic skeleton via a spacer group.
  • the amount of the polymerizable monomer A contained in the liquid crystal composition can be increased.
  • the spacer group is preferably a branched or linear alkylene group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably a branched or linear alkylene group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. Since the polymerizable monomer B having such a spacer group has high molecular mobility, a larger amount of the polymerizable monomer A can be dissolved in the liquid crystal composition.
  • the number of polymerizable groups may be two, but may be three or more.
  • the crosslink density of the polymer can be increased. Therefore, these can be more firmly fixed to the substrate, and the holding force of the liquid crystal molecules and the pretilt angle imparting force can be further increased.
  • Such a polymerizable group is selected, for example, from the group represented by the above general formulas (P-1) to (P-13).
  • the polymerizable group is preferably a group represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-3), and a group represented by formula (P-1) (acryloyl group) or formula (P-2) Group represented by () (methacryloyl group) is more preferable.
  • the two or more polymerizable groups contained in the polymerizable monomer B may be the same or different from each other.
  • the polymerizable monomer B preferably contains, for example, at least one selected from the compounds represented by the following general formula (i-6-1).
  • X represents a ring structure (aliphatic ring structure or aromatic ring structure)
  • P represents a polymerizable group
  • Sp represents a spacer group
  • a represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • m , N, and o each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3
  • m + n + o is 2 or more.
  • the polymerizable group P and the spacer group Sp are the same as the groups described above.
  • the mesogenic skeleton may further include a substituent K i1B bonded to the ring structure X.
  • the substituent K i1B is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched group. Represents a cyanated alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • X i1 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or NR i3
  • R i3 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (provided that in this alkyl group, The secondary carbon atom may be substituted with —O—, —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other.)
  • P represents a polymerizable group and Sp represents , Represents a spacer group.
  • the substituent K i1B is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched group.
  • a 40-alkoxy group is preferable, a linear alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms or a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the polymerizable group P and the spacer group Sp are the same as the groups described above.
  • the polymerizable monomer B a compound having a spacer group between the mesogenic skeleton and each polymerizable group in the above general formulas (i-1-1) to (i-4-14) (that is, two polymerizable monomers) is used.
  • the functional group may be bonded to both ends of the mesogen skeleton in the longitudinal direction at substantially symmetrical positions), and a compound represented by the following formulas (i-6-11) to (i-6-13) ( That is, a compound in which two polymerizable groups are unevenly distributed and bonded at one end in the long axis direction of the mesogenic skeleton) may be used.
  • the latter polymerizable monomer B is also preferable because it can act to assist the alignment control of liquid crystal molecules.
  • the amount of the polymerizable monomer A based on the total amount of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B is preferably about 25 to 75% by mass, more preferably about 40 to 60% by mass.
  • Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2.
  • X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
  • T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom.
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms When they are bonded to a ring structure which is a benzene ring (aromatic ring), they are a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Alternatively, it is preferably an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, and when it is bonded to a saturated ring structure such as a cyclohexane ring, a pyran ring or a dioxane ring, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is used. A group, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, it is preferable that the number of carbon atoms (the total number of carbon atoms and the number of oxygen atoms when oxygen atoms are contained) be 5 or less
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from the groups represented by any of the following formulas (R1) to (R5).
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 are each independently a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro group. -1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexene Cenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1, It is preferably a 2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, more preferably one of the groups of the following Chemical formula 13, and a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene
  • T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are preferably 1 or 2.
  • Certain combinations are preferred.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
  • R N11 and R N12 are the same meanings as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • nNa11 represents 0 or 1.
  • n Nb11 represents 1 or 2.
  • n Nf12 1 or 2.
  • n Ng11 1 or 2.
  • a Ne11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • a Ng11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, but at least one represents a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group.
  • Z Ne11 represents a single bond or an ethylene group, but at least one represents an ethylene group.
  • a Ne11 , Z Ne11 and / or A Ng11 may be the same or different.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the following general formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is the following compound.
  • R N111 and R N112 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group.
  • R N112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group or a butoxy group. .
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of ⁇ is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when set high, and when Tni is important, the effect is high when set low. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the following formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.25). Are more preferably selected from compounds represented by the following formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4), and the following formulas (N-1-1.1) and (N- More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 1-1.3).
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.25) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amounts of the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.25) contained in the liquid crystal composition, alone or in combination, are preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit value is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass. % And 35% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass. %, 15 mass%, 13 mass%, 10 mass%, 8 mass%, 7 mass%, 6 mass%, 5 mass%, 3 mass%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is the following compound.
  • R N121 and R N122 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group.
  • R N122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group. Alternatively, it is more preferably a propoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of ⁇ is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when the value is set low, and the effect is high when the value is emphasized when Tni is important. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.25) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of ⁇ is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the higher the effect is, the higher the effect is. If the Tni is important, the higher the effect is. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.21), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and the formula (N-1-3.21), and the formula (N-1- 3.1), formula (N-1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6) More preferably, it is selected from the compounds described below.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.4), the formula (N-1-3.6) and the formula (N-1-3.21) are 1
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-3.1) and the compound represented by formula (N-1-3.2) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a combination with a compound, and a combination of two or three selected from the formula (N-1-3.3), the formula (N-1-3.4) and the formula (N-1-3.6) are preferable.
  • the amounts of the compounds shown, alone or in combination are preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is the following compound.
  • R N141 and R N142 are each independently the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5, methyl group, It is more preferably a propyl group, an ethoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of ⁇ is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when set high, and when Tni is important, the effect is high when set low. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
  • the preferable lower limit values are 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 11% by mass, 10% by mass. % And 8% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.24), More preferably, it is selected from compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.4), and formulas (N-1-4.1) and (N-1-) It is preferably selected from the compounds represented by 4.2) and the formula (N-1-4.4).
  • the amount of the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.24) contained in the liquid crystal composition, alone or in combination, is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 11% by mass, 10% by mass. , 8% by mass.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of ⁇ is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when the value is set low, and the effect is high when the value is emphasized when Tni is important. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
  • the preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. , 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-5.1) to (N-1-5.12), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2) and formula (N-1-5.4).
  • the amount is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is the following compound.
  • R N1101 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. preferable.
  • R N1102 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group. Is more preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of ⁇ is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when set high, and when Tni is important, the effect is high when set low. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
  • the preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.14), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5), and formulas (N-1-10.1) and (N-1-) More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 10.2).
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-10.1) and formula (N-1-10.2) can be used each alone or two or more of them can be used in combination.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) and the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10.2) contained in the liquid crystal composition, alone or in combination, is preferably as follows. . That is, the preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is the following compound.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.14), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.14), and formula (N-1-1-11.2 and formula (N-1-11) More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 4).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) and the formula (N-1-11.4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) is the following compound.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of ⁇ is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when set high, and when Tni is important, the effect is high when set low. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) is the following compound.
  • R N1131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) is the following compound.
  • R N1142 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group. Is more preferable.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-14. 1) to (N-1-14.5), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-14.1) to (N-1-14.3.), And the formula (N-1-14.2) and the formula (N-1- More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 14.3).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) is the following compound.
  • R N1201 and R N1202 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N1201 and R N1202 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. preferable.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of ⁇ is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the higher the effect is, the higher the effect is. If the Tni is important, the higher the effect is. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
  • the preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) is the following compound.
  • R N1211 and R N1212 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N1211 and R N1212 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of ⁇ is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the higher the effect is, the higher the effect is. If the Tni is important, the higher the effect is. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is the following compound.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the liquid crystal composition may further contain at least one selected from compounds (liquid crystal molecules) represented by the following general formula (L).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L) has no or extremely low dielectric anisotropy. Therefore, various characteristics of the liquid crystal composition can be adjusted by incorporating such a compound into the liquid crystal composition.
  • the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
  • n L1 is 2 or 3 and a plurality of A L2 are present, they may be the same or different.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (L-1-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the lower limit values are 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass and 30% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 37% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 27% by mass, 25% by mass. %, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 17% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, and 10% by mass.
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) are represented by the formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-5.3).
  • the compound is preferably selected from the compounds, and more preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) and the formula (L-1-5.2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-6) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-1-6.1) to (L-1-6.3).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is the following compound.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) contained in the liquid crystal composition is high when the solubility at low temperature is important, and the effect is high, on the contrary, the response speed is important. In this case, setting it lower will be more effective. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
  • the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass and 10% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass and 3% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-2.1) to (L-2.6), and the compound represented by the formula (L-2. More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6).
  • R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L31 and R L32 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • R L41 and R L42 each independently have the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R L42 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) contained in the liquid crystal composition depends on the solubility at low temperature, the transition temperature, the electrical reliability, the birefringence, the process compatibility, the dripping mark, and the burn-in. , The dielectric anisotropy and the like are appropriately adjusted according to the required performance.
  • the preferred lower limit is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass and 40% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass and 5% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal composition may contain a compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) depending on required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) may be contained, or the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) It may contain both the compound and the compounds represented by the formulas (L-4.1) to (L-4.3).
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (L-4.1) or formula (L-4.2) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 9% by mass, 11% by mass, 12% by mass, 13% by mass, 18% by mass, and 21% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass. % And 8% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal composition contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2), it is included in the liquid crystal composition.
  • the total amount is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 15% by mass, 19% by mass, 24% by mass, and 30% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-4.4) to (L-4.6), and the compound represented by the formula (L-4. More preferably, it is the compound represented by 4).
  • the liquid crystal composition may contain a compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) depending on required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • a compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) depending on required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) may be contained, and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) Both may be contained.
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) or formula (L-4.5) in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 9% by mass, 11% by mass, 12% by mass, 13% by mass, 18% by mass, and 21% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass. % And 8% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal composition contains both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5), it is included in these liquid crystal compositions.
  • the total amount is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 15% by mass, 19% by mass, 24% by mass, and 30% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-4.7) to (L-4.10), and particularly, the compound represented by the formula (L- It is preferably a compound represented by 4.9).
  • R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L51 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R L52 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) contained in the liquid crystal composition depends on the solubility at low temperature, the transition temperature, the electrical reliability, the birefringence, the process compatibility, the dripping mark, and the burn-in. , The dielectric anisotropy and the like are appropriately adjusted according to the required performance.
  • the preferred lower limit is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass and 40% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably the compound represented by the formula (L-5.1) or the formula (L-5.2), and particularly, the compound represented by the formula (L- It is preferably a compound represented by 5.1).
  • the amount of each compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably the compound represented by the formula (L-5.3) or the formula (L-5.4).
  • the amount of each compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-5.5) to (L-5.7), and particularly, the compound represented by the formula (L- It is preferably a compound represented by 5.7).
  • the amount of each compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is the following compound.
  • R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
  • R L61 and R L62 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (L-6) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass. %, 30% by mass, 35% by mass, and 40% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass and 5% by mass.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably increased when emphasis is placed on increasing ⁇ n, and is smaller when emphasis is placed on precipitation at low temperature. preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-6.1) to (L-6.9).
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to select 1 to 3 types from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-6.1) to (L-6.9), and preferably 1 to 4 It is more preferable to select the type.
  • the compound to be used in combination has a wide molecular weight distribution, which is effective for solubility, for example, one of the compounds represented by the formula (L-6.1) and the formula (L-6.2) is selected.
  • One of the compounds represented by formula (L-6.4) and formula (L-6.5), and one represented by formula (L-6.6) and formula (L-6.7) It is preferable to select one kind from the compounds represented by the formula (L-6.8) and the compound represented by the formula (L-6.9) and to combine them appropriately.
  • formula (L-6.1), formula (L-6.3), formula (L-6.4), formula (L-6.6) and formula (L-6.9) It is preferable to include a compound.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-6.10) to (L-6.17), and the compound represented by the formula (L-6.
  • the compound represented by 11) is more preferable.
  • the amount of each compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 20 mass%, 15 mass%, 13 mass%, 10 mass%, 9 mass%.
  • R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • a L71 and A L72 each independently represent the same meaning as A L2 and A L3 in formula (L), but the hydrogen atoms present in A L71 and A L72 are each independently a fluorine atom. May be replaced with.
  • Z L71 has the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L).
  • X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.
  • R L71 and R L72 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a L71 and A L72 are preferably each independently a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • the hydrogen atoms present in A L71 and A L7 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • Z L71 is preferably a single bond or COO—, and more preferably a single bond.
  • X L71 and X L72 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • the type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, and four types in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) contained in the liquid crystal composition depends on the solubility at low temperature, the transition temperature, the electrical reliability, the birefringence, the process compatibility, the dripping mark, and the burn-in. , The dielectric anisotropy and the like are appropriately adjusted according to the required performance.
  • the preferable lower limit is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass and 5% by mass.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably large when a liquid crystal composition having a high Tni is required and is small when a liquid crystal composition having a low viscosity is required. Is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.1) to (L-7.4), and the compound represented by the formula (L-7. More preferably, it is the compound represented by 2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.11) to (L-7.13), and the compound represented by the formula (L-7. It is preferably a compound represented by 11).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.21) to (L-7.23), and the compound represented by the formula (L-7.
  • the compound represented by 21) is more preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.31) to (L-7.34), and the compound represented by the formula (L-7. 31) and / or a compound represented by the formula (L-7.32) are more preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.41) to (L-7.44), and the compound represented by the formula (L-7. 41) and / or the compound represented by the formula (L-7.42) is more preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.51) to (L-7.53).
  • the liquid crystal composition as described above preferably does not contain a compound having a structure in which oxygen atoms are bonded to each other such as a peracid (—CO—OO—) structure in the molecule.
  • the amount of the compound having a carbonyl group contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less. Is more preferable, it is more preferable to be 1 mass% or less, and it is most preferable to be substantially 0 (zero) mass%.
  • the amount of the compound substituted with chlorine atom in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, It is more preferably 8% by mass or less, further preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or less, and most preferably substantially 0 (zero)% by mass.
  • the amount of the compound having a 6-membered ring structure in the molecule contained in the liquid crystal composition specifically, 80% by mass or more, and 90% by mass or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 95 mass% or more, and most preferably substantially 100 mass%.
  • the amount of the compound having a cyclohexene ring as a ring structure contained in the liquid crystal composition specifically, 10% by mass or less. It is preferably 8% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or less, and substantially 0 (zero)% by mass. Most preferred.
  • the amount of the compound having —CH ⁇ CH— as a linking group contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably not more than 5% by mass, more preferably not more than 5% by mass, and further preferably substantially 0 (zero)% by mass.
  • a hydrogen atom may be replaced by a halogen atom. It is preferable to reduce the amount of the compound having a methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule contained in the liquid crystal composition. Specifically, it is preferably 10% by mass or less, and 5% by mass or less. Is more preferable, and it is further preferable that the content is substantially 0 (zero) mass%.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 4 to 5 carbon atoms, and the alkenyl group does not have a carbon atom. It is preferable that the saturated bond and the phenylene group are not directly bonded.
  • the amount of the compound having an alkenyl group as a side chain and having a 2,3-difluorobenzene-1,4-diyl group in the liquid crystal composition Is preferably less than 10% by mass, more preferably not more than 5% by mass, even more preferably substantially 0 (zero)% by mass.
  • the average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 10 to 25.
  • the preferable lower limit value is 10, 10.5, 11, 11.5, 12, 12.3, 12.5, 12.8, 13, 13.3, 13.5, 13.8, 14, 14.3, 14.5, 14.8, 15, 15.3, 15.5, 15.8, 16, 16.3, 16.5, 16.8, 17, 17.3, 17.5, 17.8 and 18.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 25, 24.5, 24, 23.5, 23, 22.8, 22.5, 22.3, 22, 21.8, 21.5, 21.3, 21, 20.8, 20.5, 20.3, 20, 19.8, 19.5, 19.3, 19, 18.8, 18.5, 18.3, 18, 17.8, 17.5, 17.3 and 17.
  • K AVG low.
  • K AVG high value of K AVG .
  • the value of the refractive index anisotropy ( ⁇ n) (hereinafter, simply referred to as “refractive index anisotropy”) at 25 ° C. of the liquid crystal composition is preferably about 0.08 to 0.13, and a value of 0. It is more preferably about 09 to 0.12.
  • the rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1) of the liquid crystal composition at 25 ° C. (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “rotational viscosity”) is preferably less than 165 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably about 80 to 145 mPa ⁇ s, and more preferably about 90 to 130 mPa ⁇ s. More preferable.
  • rotational viscosity By using the liquid crystal composition having such a rotational viscosity, it is possible to prevent the response speed of the liquid crystal layer 4 (liquid crystal display element 1) from decreasing.
  • Z which is a function of the rotational viscosity and the value of refractive index anisotropy, shows a specific value.
  • Z is preferably 13,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, more preferably 12,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, and further preferably 11,000 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni) of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 60 ° C. or higher, more preferably 75 ° C. or higher, and further preferably 80 ° C. or higher.
  • Tni nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature
  • the specific resistance of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 10 12 ⁇ ⁇ m or more, more preferably 10 13 ⁇ ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 10 14 ⁇ ⁇ m or more.
  • the absolute value of the dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ ) at 25 ° C. of the liquid crystal composition is preferably about 2.5 to 5, more preferably about 2.6 to 4.5, and 2.7. It is more preferably about 4 to about 4, more preferably about 2.8 to 3.5.
  • the liquid crystal layer 4 liquid crystal display element 1 can be driven at a lower voltage.
  • liquid crystal composition described above is, in addition to the above liquid crystal molecules, other compounds (molecules) such as ordinary nematic liquid crystals, smectic liquid crystals, cholesteric liquid crystals, antioxidants, and ultraviolet absorbers depending on the application. May be included.
  • the other compound does not have a chlorine atom in its structure.
  • other compounds include a condensed ring having a long conjugation length represented by a naphthalene ring or the like in its structure and an absorption peak in the ultraviolet region. It is preferable not to have.
  • liquid crystal display device Next, a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal layer formed of the above liquid crystal composition will be described.
  • FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view schematically showing an embodiment of a liquid crystal display device
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by I line in FIG.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 shown in FIG. 1 includes an active matrix substrate AM and a color filter substrate CF arranged to face each other, and a liquid crystal layer 4 sandwiched between the active matrix substrate AM and the color filter substrate CF. ing.
  • the active matrix substrate AM includes the first substrate 2, the pixel electrode layer 5 provided on the surface of the first substrate 2 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side, and the surface of the first substrate 2 on the opposite side of the liquid crystal layer 4. It has the 1st polarizing plate 7 provided.
  • the color filter substrate CF is formed on the second substrate 3, the common electrode layer 6 provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the second substrate 3, and the surface of the second substrate 3 opposite to the liquid crystal layer 4. It has a second polarizing plate 8 provided and a color filter 9 provided between the second substrate 3 and the common electrode layer 6.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 includes the first polarizing plate 7, the first substrate 2, the pixel electrode layer 5, the liquid crystal layer 4, the common electrode layer 6, and the color filter 9.
  • the second substrate 3 and the second polarizing plate 8 are laminated in this order.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are each formed of a material having flexibility such as a glass material or a plastic material.
  • the plurality of gate bus lines 11 and the plurality of data bus lines 12 are arranged in a matrix so as to intersect with each other, and the unit pixel of the liquid crystal display element 1 is formed by the region surrounded by these.
  • One pixel electrode 13 is formed in each unit pixel.
  • a Cs electrode 14 is provided between the pair of gate bus lines 11, 11 substantially parallel to the gate bus line 11. Further, a thin film transistor including a source electrode 15 and a drain electrode 16 is provided in the vicinity of an intersection where the gate bus line 11 and the data bus line 12 intersect each other. A contact hole 17 is provided in the drain electrode 16.
  • the common electrode layer 6 has, for example, a plurality of striped common electrodes (transparent electrodes) that are provided side by side.
  • This common electrode can also be formed similarly to the pixel electrode 13.
  • a curable coloring composition for a color filter is supplied on the second substrate 3 in a predetermined pattern, and then cured by heating or light irradiation.
  • the color filter 9 can be obtained by performing this operation for three colors of red, green, and blue.
  • liquid crystal display element 1 In such a drop injection (ODF: One Drop Fill) method, it is necessary to add an optimum injection amount according to the size of the liquid crystal display element 1.
  • ODF One Drop Fill
  • the liquid crystal composition as described above has little influence on, for example, a sudden change in pressure or impact in a dropping device generated at the time of dropping, and can be stably dropped for a long time. Therefore, the yield of the liquid crystal display element 1 can be maintained high.
  • a lamp for generating ultraviolet rays a metal halide lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultra high pressure mercury lamp, a fluorescent tube, etc. can be used.
  • Examples 11 to 13 Liquid crystal compositions were obtained in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the following polymerizable monomer B2 was used instead of the polymerizable monomer B1.
  • Example 3 A liquid crystal composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable monomer B2 was used alone.
  • Example 4 A liquid crystal composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable monomer B3 was used alone.
  • liquid crystal compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples were injected into an empty liquid crystal cell by a vacuum injection method.
  • the total polymerizable monomer was mixed in an amount of 0.3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of liquid crystal molecules, but the present invention is not limited to this, and is in the range of 0.1 to 3 parts by mass (preferably 0 parts). It can be mixed in the range of 0.2 to 2 parts by mass). If the amount used is in such a range, the effect of the same tendency as described above can be obtained.

Abstract

Provided are: a liquid crystal composition in which a large amount of polymerizable monomer is dissolved, the liquid crystal composition capable of forming a pre-tilt angle in a shorter time by sufficiently increasing the rate of polymerization thereof; and a liquid crystal display which uses a related liquid crystal composition, has a sufficient pre-tilt angle , has little or no change in pre-tilt angle, and is excellent in terms of voltage holding ratio (VHR) and response performance. A liquid crystal composition according to the present invention is characterized by containing: a liquid crystal molecule; a polymerizable monomer A which has a mesogenic skeleton and at least two polymerizable groups bonded to the mesogenic skeleton, wherein all of the polymerizable groups are directly bonded to the mesogenic skeleton; and a polymerizable monomer B which has a mesogenic skeleton and at least two polymerizable groups bonded to the mesogenic skeleton, wherein all of the polymerizable groups are bonded to the mesogenic skeleton via spacer groups.

Description

液晶組成物および液晶表示素子Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
 本発明は、液晶組成物および液晶表示素子に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal composition and a liquid crystal display device.
 液晶表示素子には、その特性を改善することを目的として、液晶層を構成する液晶組成物中に、PSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)等の重合性モノマを混合して、液晶分子の配向状態を制御することがある(例えば、特許文献1~5参照)。 In order to improve the characteristics of a liquid crystal display device, a polymerizable monomer such as PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) is mixed in the liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer to control the alignment state of liquid crystal molecules. In some cases (see Patent Documents 1 to 5, for example).
 重合性モノマが分子中にスペーサ基を有さない場合、重合性モノマの重合により得られるポリマが剛直になる。このため、液晶表示素子におけるIS(Image Sticking:画像の焼き付き)の発生を低減することができる。しかしながら、かかる重合性モノマは、液晶組成物への溶解性が低い場合がある。 If the polymerizable monomer does not have a spacer group in the molecule, the polymer obtained by polymerizing the polymerizable monomer becomes rigid. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the occurrence of IS (Image Sticking: image sticking) in the liquid crystal display element. However, such a polymerizable monomer may have low solubility in the liquid crystal composition.
米国特許出願公開第2010/0124623号明細書U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0124623 特許第6087815号公報Japanese Patent No. 6087815 国際公開第2017/008884号International Publication No. 2017/008884 特表2015-513577号公報Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-513577 米国特許第9139775号明細書U.S. Patent No. 9139775
 本発明の目的は、多量の重合性モノマが溶解され、その重合速度を十分に高かめることで、より短時間でプレチルト角を形成し得る液晶組成物、およびかかる液晶組成物を用いた、十分なプレチルト角を有し、かつプレチルト角の変化が生じないか極めて少なく、電圧保持率(VHR)や応答性能に優れる液晶表示素子を提供することにある。 An object of the present invention is to dissolve a large amount of a polymerizable monomer, and to sufficiently increase the polymerization rate thereof to form a pretilt angle in a shorter time, and a liquid crystal composition containing such a liquid crystal composition. It is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid crystal display element that has a large pretilt angle, has little or no change in the pretilt angle, and has excellent voltage holding ratio (VHR) and response performance.
 このような目的は、下記の(1)~(13)の本発明により達成される。 Such an object is achieved by the present invention described in (1) to (13) below.
 (1) 液晶分子と、
 メソゲン骨格と、該メソゲン骨格に結合した少なくとも2つの重合性基とを有し、該重合性基の全てが前記メソゲン骨格に直接結合している重合性モノマAと、
 メソゲン骨格と、該メソゲン骨格に結合した少なくとも2つの重合性基とを有し、該重合性基の全てが前記メソゲン骨格にスペーサ基を介して結合している重合性モノマBと、を含有することを特徴とする液晶組成物。
(1) Liquid crystal molecules,
A polymerizable monomer A having a mesogen skeleton and at least two polymerizable groups bonded to the mesogen skeleton, all of the polymerizable groups being directly bonded to the mesogen skeleton;
A polymerizable monomer B having a mesogenic skeleton and at least two polymerizable groups bonded to the mesogenic skeleton, all of the polymerizable groups being bonded to the mesogenic skeleton via a spacer group. A liquid crystal composition comprising:
 (2) 前記重合性モノマAにおいて、前記2つの重合性基は、前記メソゲン骨格の長軸方向両端部のほぼ対称な位置に結合している上記(1)に記載の液晶組成物。 (2) The liquid crystal composition according to (1) above, wherein in the polymerizable monomer A, the two polymerizable groups are bonded to substantially symmetrical positions at both ends in the long axis direction of the mesogenic skeleton.
 (3) 前記重合性モノマAにおいて、前記メソゲン骨格は、2~4つの環構造を備える上記(1)または(2)に記載の液晶組成物。 (3) The liquid crystal composition according to the above (1) or (2), wherein in the polymerizable monomer A, the mesogen skeleton has 2 to 4 ring structures.
 (4) 前記重合性モノマAにおいて、前記メソゲン骨格は、さらに前記環構造に結合する下記置換基Ki1Aを備える上記(3)に記載の液晶組成物。 (4) The liquid crystal composition according to (3), wherein in the polymerizable monomer A, the mesogen skeleton further includes the following substituent K i1A bonded to the ring structure.
 置換基Ki1Aは、ハロゲン原子、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のハロゲン化アルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のシアノ化アルキル基、または直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルコキシ基を表す。
(前記アルキル基中の2個以上の第二級炭素原子は、-C(=Xi1)-および/または-(CH-CN)-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-C(=CH)-、-C(=CHRi3)-、-C(=CRi3 )-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-NH-、-COO-または-OCO-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基の末端は、OH、NHまたはCNで置換されてもよい。式中、Xi1は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、NHまたはNRi3を表し、Ri3は、直鎖状または分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表す(ただし、このアルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置換されてもよい。)。)
The substituent K i1A is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched chain. Represents a cyanated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms.
(Two or more secondary carbon atoms in the alkyl group may be substituted with -C (= X i1 ) -and / or- (CH-CN)-, and the secondary carbon atom in the alkyl group is The carbon atom is -C (= CH 2 )-, -C (= CHR i3 )-, -C (= CR i3 2 )-, -CH = CH-, -C≡C so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent. It may be substituted with —, —O—, —NH—, —COO— or —OCO—, and the end of the alkyl group may be substituted with OH, NH 2 or CN, wherein X i1 is , An oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or NR i3 , and R i3 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (provided that the secondary carbon atom in the alkyl group is , Substituted with -O-, -CH = CH- or -C≡C- so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent May be done.).)
 (5) 前記重合性モノマBにおいて、前記メソゲン骨格は、2~4つの環構造を含む上記(1)~(4)のいずれか1つに記載の液晶組成物。 (5) The liquid crystal composition according to any one of (1) to (4) above, wherein in the polymerizable monomer B, the mesogen skeleton includes 2 to 4 ring structures.
 (6) 前記重合性モノマBにおいて、前記メソゲン骨格中の前記2~4つの環構造は、連結多環構造を形成している上記(5)に記載の液晶組成物。 (6) The liquid crystal composition according to (5) above, wherein in the polymerizable monomer B, the 2 to 4 ring structures in the mesogen skeleton form a linked polycyclic structure.
 (7) 前記重合性モノマBにおいて、前記メソゲン骨格は、さらに前記環構造に結合する下記置換基Ki1Bを備える上記(6)に記載の液晶組成物。 (7) The liquid crystal composition according to the above (6), wherein in the polymerizable monomer B, the mesogenic skeleton further includes the following substituent K i1B bonded to the ring structure.
 置換基Ki1Bは、ハロゲン原子、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のハロゲン化アルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のシアノ化アルキル基、または直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルコキシ基を表す。
(前記アルキル基中の2個以上の第二級炭素原子は、-C(=Xi1)-および/または-(CH-CN)-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-C(=CH)-、-C(=CHRi3)-、-C(=CRi3 )-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-NH-、-COO-または-OCO-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基中の水素原子は、P-Sp-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基の末端は、OH、NHまたはCNで置換されてもよい。式中、Xi1は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、NHまたはNRi3を表し、Ri3は、直鎖状または分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表し(ただし、このアルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置換されてもよい。)、Pは、重合性基を表し、Spは、スペーサ基を表す。)
The substituent K i1B is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched group. Represents a cyanated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms.
(Two or more secondary carbon atoms in the alkyl group may be substituted with -C (= X i1 ) -and / or- (CH-CN)-, and the secondary carbon atom in the alkyl group is The carbon atom is -C (= CH 2 )-, -C (= CHR i3 )-, -C (= CR i3 2 )-, -CH = CH-, -C≡C so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent. It may be substituted with-, -O-, -NH-, -COO- or -OCO-, the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with P-Sp-, and the terminal of the alkyl group is , OH, NH 2 or CN, wherein X i1 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or NR i3 , and R i3 has a linear or branched carbon atom number of 1 to 20 represents an alkyl group (provided that the secondary carbon atom in this alkyl group is directly linked to the oxygen atom). It may be substituted with -O-, -CH = CH- or -C≡C- so as not to be adjacent to each other.), P represents a polymerizable group, and Sp represents a spacer group.)
 (8) 前記重合性モノマAと前記重合性モノマBとの合計量に対する前記重合性モノマAの量は、25~75質量%である上記(1)~(7)のいずれか1つに記載の液晶組成物。 (8) The amount of the polymerizable monomer A based on the total amount of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B is 25 to 75% by mass, as described in any one of (1) to (7) above. Liquid crystal composition.
 (9) 当該液晶組成物中に含まれる前記重合性モノマAと前記重合性モノマBとの合計量は、前記液晶分子100質量部に対して、0.1~3質量部である上記(1)~(8)のいずれか1つに記載の液晶組成物。 (9) The total amount of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B contained in the liquid crystal composition is 0.1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal molecule. ) -The liquid crystal composition according to any one of (8).
 (10) 2つの基板と、該2つの基板の間に設けられた上記(1)~(9)のいずれか1つに記載の液晶組成物を含む液晶層と、を備えることを特徴とする液晶表示素子。 (10) It is characterized by comprising two substrates and a liquid crystal layer provided between the two substrates and containing the liquid crystal composition according to any one of the above (1) to (9). Liquid crystal display device.
 (11) 前記液晶層は、前記重合性モノマAおよび前記重合性モノマBの重合物を含む上記(10)に記載の液晶表示素子。 (11) The liquid crystal display element according to (10), wherein the liquid crystal layer contains a polymerized product of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B.
 (12) アクティブマトリックス駆動用である上記(10)または(11)に記載の液晶表示素子。 (12) The liquid crystal display element according to (10) or (11) above, which is for driving an active matrix.
 (13) PSA型、PSVA型、VA型、IPS型、FFS型またはECB型である上記(10)~(12)のいずれか1つに記載の液晶表示素子。 (13) The liquid crystal display element according to any one of (10) to (12) above, which is a PSA type, PSVA type, VA type, IPS type, FFS type or ECB type.
 本発明によれば、スペーサ基を有する重合性モノマとスペーサ基を有さない重合性モノマと併用することにより、多量の重合性モノマが溶解され、その重合速度を十分に高かめることで、より短時間でプレチルト角を形成し得る液晶組成物が得られる。また、かかる液晶組成物を用いることにより、十分なプレチルト角を有し、かつプレチルト角の変化が生じないか極めて少なく、電圧保持率(VHR)や応答性能に優れる液晶表示素子が得られる。 According to the present invention, by using the polymerizable monomer having a spacer group and the polymerizable monomer having no spacer group in combination, a large amount of the polymerizable monomer is dissolved, and by sufficiently increasing the polymerization rate, A liquid crystal composition capable of forming a pretilt angle in a short time can be obtained. Further, by using such a liquid crystal composition, a liquid crystal display element having a sufficient pretilt angle, a change in the pretilt angle that is not generated or an extremely small amount, and an excellent voltage holding ratio (VHR) and response performance can be obtained.
液晶表示素子の一実施形態を模式的に示す図である。It is a figure which shows one Embodiment of a liquid crystal display element typically. 図1におけるI線で囲まれた領域を拡大した平面図である。It is the top view which expanded the area | region enclosed by the I line in FIG.
 以下、本発明の液晶組成物及び液晶表示素子について、好適実施形態に基づいて詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the liquid crystal composition and the liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described in detail based on preferred embodiments.
 (液晶組成物)
 液晶分子と、全ての重合性基がメソゲン骨格に直接結合した重合性モノマAと、全ての重合性基がスペーサ基を介してメソゲン骨格に結合した重合性モノマBとを含有する。
(Liquid crystal composition)
It contains a liquid crystal molecule, a polymerizable monomer A in which all the polymerizable groups are directly bonded to the mesogenic skeleton, and a polymerizable monomer B in which all the polymerizable groups are bonded to the mesogenic skeleton via a spacer group.
 スペーサ基を介さず重合性基がメソゲン骨格に直接結合した重合性モノマAは、剛直であるため、一般に、液晶組成物中への溶解性が低い。 The polymerizable monomer A in which the polymerizable group is directly bonded to the mesogenic skeleton without a spacer group is generally rigid and therefore has low solubility in the liquid crystal composition.
 これに対して、スペーサ基を介して重合性基がメソゲン骨格に結合した重合性モノマBは、スペーサ基の存在により柔軟であり、液晶組成物中への溶解性が高い。 On the other hand, the polymerizable monomer B in which the polymerizable group is bonded to the mesogenic skeleton via the spacer group is flexible due to the presence of the spacer group and has high solubility in the liquid crystal composition.
 本発明では、重合性モノマAと重合性モノマBと併用することにより、重合性モノマAの液晶組成物中に含まれる量を高めることができる。したがって、多量の重合性モノマAを含む重合性モノマが溶解した液晶組成物が得られる。かかる液晶組成物は、より短時間で重合反応を完了させ得るため、エネルギーコストの最適化を図ることができる。 In the present invention, the amount of the polymerizable monomer A contained in the liquid crystal composition can be increased by using the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B together. Therefore, a liquid crystal composition in which the polymerizable monomer containing a large amount of the polymerizable monomer A is dissolved can be obtained. Since the liquid crystal composition can complete the polymerization reaction in a shorter time, the energy cost can be optimized.
 また、本発明の液晶組成物は、屈折率異方性(Δn)およびネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(Tni)を低下させることなく、低い粘度(η)と、小さい回転粘性(γ1)と、大きいベンド弾性定数(K33)とを示す。 Further, the liquid crystal composition of the present invention has a low viscosity (η) and a small rotational viscosity (γ1) without lowering the refractive index anisotropy (Δn) and the nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni). ) And a large bend elastic constant (K33).
 このようなことから、本発明の液晶組成物を用いた液晶表示素子(液晶層)は、液晶分子に十分なプレチルト角を付与することができ、また、重合性モノマの残留量を少なくすることもできる。その結果、液晶表示素子は、高い電圧保持率(VHR)および高速応答性を示し、また、配向不良やIS(焼き付き)の発生等が防止または抑制された優れた表示品位を示す。 From the above, the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal layer) using the liquid crystal composition of the present invention can impart a sufficient pretilt angle to liquid crystal molecules and reduce the residual amount of the polymerizable monomer. You can also As a result, the liquid crystal display element exhibits a high voltage holding ratio (VHR) and a high-speed response, and exhibits excellent display quality in which alignment defects, IS (image sticking), etc. are prevented or suppressed.
 ((重合性モノマA))
 重合性モノマAは、メソゲン骨格と、このメソゲン骨格に結合した少なくとも2つの重合性基とを有している。そして、重合性基の全てがメソゲン骨格に直接結合している。
((Polymerizable monomer A))
The polymerizable monomer A has a mesogenic skeleton and at least two polymerizable groups bonded to the mesogenic skeleton. And all of the polymerizable groups are directly bonded to the mesogenic skeleton.
 メソゲン骨格は、2~4つの環構造を備えることが好ましく、2~3つの環構造を備えることがより好ましい。かかる数の環構造を備えるメソゲン骨格を備えることにより、重合性モノマAの液晶分子に対するブレチルト角を付与する機能をより高めることができる。 The mesogenic skeleton preferably has 2 to 4 ring structures, and more preferably 2 to 3 ring structures. By providing the mesogenic skeleton having such a number of ring structures, it is possible to further enhance the function of providing the polymerizable monomer A with the bretil angle to the liquid crystal molecules.
 メソゲン骨格の具体例としては、例えば、下記式(Bi11)、式(Bi12)または式(Bi41)が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the mesogenic skeleton include the following formula (B i11 ), formula (B i12 ) or formula (B i41 ).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 環構造中の1以上の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基または炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基で置換されてもよい。 One or more hydrogen atoms in the ring structure may be substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 重合性モノマAは、少なくとも2つの重合性基を有している。重合性モノマAおよび重合性モノマBの重合性基同士を重合させることにより、重合性モノマAおよび重合性モノマBの重合物を基板により強固に固定することができるとともに、液晶分子の保持力を高めることもできる。その結果、液晶層が基板から剥離することを防止または抑制することができる。また、液晶分子に対するプレチルト角付与力を向上させることもできる。 The polymerizable monomer A has at least two polymerizable groups. By polymerizing the polymerizable groups of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B with each other, the polymerized product of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B can be firmly fixed to the substrate, and at the same time, the holding power of liquid crystal molecules can be increased. It can also be increased. As a result, separation of the liquid crystal layer from the substrate can be prevented or suppressed. In addition, the pretilt angle imparting force for the liquid crystal molecules can be improved.
 なお、重合性基の数は、2つであってもよいが、3つ以上であってもよい。2つ以上の重合性基を有することにより、重合物の架橋密度を高めることができる。このため、これらを基板にさらに強固に固定することができるとともに、液晶分子の保持力やプレチルト角付与力をさらに高めることもできる。 The number of polymerizable groups may be two, but may be three or more. By having two or more polymerizable groups, the crosslink density of the polymer can be increased. Therefore, these can be more firmly fixed to the substrate, and the holding force of the liquid crystal molecules and the pretilt angle imparting force can be further increased.
 かかる重合性基は、例えば、下記一般式(P-1)~(P-13)で表される群より選ばれる。 Such a polymerizable group is selected, for example, from the group represented by the following general formulas (P-1) to (P-13).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(式中、右端の黒点は結合手を表す。) (In the formula, the black dot at the right end represents a bond.)
 これらの重合性基は、反応性が高いため、比較的低いエネルギー(例えば、光エネルギー、熱エネルギー)でも、十分かつ確実に重合させることができる。このため、重合性モノマAおよび重合性モノマBを重合させる際に、液晶分子が悪影響を受けて劣化することを防止または抑制することができる。 Since these polymerizable groups are highly reactive, they can be polymerized sufficiently and reliably even with relatively low energy (for example, light energy and heat energy). Therefore, when the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B are polymerized, it is possible to prevent or suppress the liquid crystal molecules from being adversely affected and deteriorated.
 これらの中でも、重合性基としては、式(P-1)~式(P-3)で示される基が好ましく、式(P-1)で示される基(アクリロイル基)または式(P-2)で示される基(メタアクリロイル基)がより好ましい。 Among these, the polymerizable group is preferably a group represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-3), and a group represented by formula (P-1) (acryloyl group) or formula (P-2) Group represented by () (methacryloyl group) is more preferable.
 重合性モノマAが有する2つ以上の重合性基は、同一であってもよく、互いに異なっていてもよい。 The two or more polymerizable groups contained in the polymerizable monomer A may be the same or different from each other.
 また、2つの重合性基は、メソゲン骨格の長軸方向両端部のほぼ対称な位置に結合していることが好ましい。これにより、液晶分子に対してプレチルト角を付与する効果がより高まる。 Moreover, it is preferable that the two polymerizable groups are bonded to substantially symmetrical positions at both ends in the long axis direction of the mesogenic skeleton. As a result, the effect of giving the pretilt angle to the liquid crystal molecules is further enhanced.
 以上のような重合性モノマAとしては、下記一般式(i-1-1)~(i-4-14)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerizable monomer A as described above include compounds represented by the following general formulas (i-1-1) to (i-4-14).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式中、Pi11、Pi12、Pi21、Pi22、Pi41およびPi42は、それぞれ独立して、上記重合性基を表す。 In the formula, P i11 , P i12 , P i21 , P i22 , P i41 and P i42 each independently represent the above polymerizable group.
 なお、メソゲン骨格は、一般式(i-1-1)~(i-4-14)中の置換基に代えて、あるいはこれらの置換基とともに、さらに環構造に結合する置換基Ki1Aを備えてもよい。 The mesogenic skeleton has a substituent K i1A which is bonded to the ring structure in place of or together with the substituents in the general formulas (i-1-1) to (i-4-14). May be.
 置換基Ki1Aは、ハロゲン原子、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のハロゲン化アルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のシアノ化アルキル基、または直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルコキシ基を表すが、ハロゲン原子、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のアルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のハロゲン化アルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のシアノ化アルキル基、または直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のアルコキシ基が好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数3~40のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数3~40のハロゲン化アルキル基、または直鎖状の炭素原子数3~40のアルコキシ基が好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数3~18のアルキル基または直鎖状の炭素原子数3~18のアルコキシ基が好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数3~12のアルキル基または直鎖状の炭素原子数3~12のアルコキシ基が好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数3~8のアルキル基または直鎖状の炭素原子数3~8のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 The substituent K i1A is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched chain. Represents a cyanated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, which is a halogen atom, or a linear or branched carbon atom having 3 to 40 alkyl group, linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, linear or branched cyanated alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, or linear or branched Is preferably an alkoxy group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, and is a linear alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear halogenated alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, or a linear carbon atom. Number 3 ~ A 40-alkoxy group is preferable, a linear alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms or a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. Alternatively, a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable.
 このアルキル基中の2個以上の第二級炭素原子は、-C(=Xi1)-および/または-(CH-CN)-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-C(=CH)-、-C(=CHRi3)-、-C(=CRi3 )-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-NH-、-COO-または-OCO-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基の末端は、OH、NHまたはCNで置換されてもよい。 Two or more secondary carbon atoms in the alkyl group may be substituted with -C (= X i1 ) -and / or- (CH-CN)-, and the secondary carbon atom in the alkyl group is Atoms are -C (= CH 2 )-, -C (= CHR i3 )-, -C (= CR i3 2 )-, -CH = CH-, -C≡C- so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. , —O—, —NH—, —COO— or —OCO—, and the end of the alkyl group may be substituted with OH, NH 2 or CN.
 式中、Xi1は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、NHまたはNRi3を表し、Ri3は、直鎖状または分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表す(ただし、このアルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置換されてもよい。)。 In the formula, X i1 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or NR i3 , and R i3 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (provided that, in this alkyl group, The secondary carbon atom may be substituted with —O—, —CH═CH— or —C≡C— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent.)
 重合性モノマAが、かかる置換基Ki1Aを備えるメソゲン骨格を有することにより、液晶分子に十分なプレチルト角をより確実に付与し、かつプレチルト角の変化をより生じ難くすることができる。 When the polymerizable monomer A has a mesogenic skeleton including the substituent K i1A , it is possible to more reliably impart a sufficient pretilt angle to liquid crystal molecules and make it more difficult for the pretilt angle to change.
 ((重合性モノマB))
 重合性モノマBは、メソゲン骨格と、このメソゲン骨格に結合した少なくとも2つの重合性基とを有している。そして、重合性基の全てがメソゲン骨格にスペーサ基を介して結合している。
((Polymerizable monomer B))
The polymerizable monomer B has a mesogenic skeleton and at least two polymerizable groups bonded to this mesogenic skeleton. Then, all of the polymerizable groups are bonded to the mesogenic skeleton via a spacer group.
 かかる重合性モノマBを併用することにより、重合性モノマAの液晶組成物中に含まれる量を高めることができる。 By using the polymerizable monomer B together, the amount of the polymerizable monomer A contained in the liquid crystal composition can be increased.
 ここで、スペーサ基としては、例えば、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-OOCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH-CHCOO-、-OCOCH-CH-、-CH=C(CH)COO-、-OCOC(CH)=CH-、-CH-CH(CH)COO-、-OCOCH(CH)-CH-、-OCHCHO-、または分岐状もしくは直鎖状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキレン基(ただし、アルキレン基中の1個または隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は、-O-、-COO-または-OCO-で置換されてもよい。)が挙げられる。 Here, as the spacer group, for example, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCOO—, —OOCO—, —CF 2 O—, -OCF 2 -, - CH = CHCOO -, - OCOCH = CH -, - CH 2 -CH 2 COO -, - OCOCH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH = C (CH 3) COO -, - OCOC (CH 3 ) = CH—, —CH 2 —CH (CH 3 ) COO—, —OCOCH (CH 3 ) —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 CH 2 O—, or a branched or linear carbon atom number of 1 to 20 (However, one or two or more —CH 2 — which are not adjacent to each other in the alkylene group may be substituted with —O—, —COO— or —OCO—).
 中でも、スペーサ基としては、分岐状または直鎖状の炭素原子数2~15のアルキレン基が好ましく、分岐状または直鎖状の炭素原子数3~10のアルキレン基がより好ましい。かかるスペーサ基を有する重合性モノマBは、分子の運動性が高いため、より多くの重合性モノマAを液晶組成物中に溶解できるようになる。 Among them, the spacer group is preferably a branched or linear alkylene group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably a branched or linear alkylene group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. Since the polymerizable monomer B having such a spacer group has high molecular mobility, a larger amount of the polymerizable monomer A can be dissolved in the liquid crystal composition.
 メソゲン骨格は、2~4つの環構造を備えることが好ましく、2~3つの環構造を備えることがより好ましい。かかる数の環構造を備えるメソゲン骨格を備えることにより、重合性モノマBの液晶分子に対するブレチルト角を付与する機能をより高めることができる。 The mesogenic skeleton preferably has 2 to 4 ring structures, and more preferably 2 to 3 ring structures. By providing the mesogenic skeleton having such a number of ring structures, it is possible to further enhance the function of the polymerizable monomer B to impart the bretil angle to the liquid crystal molecules.
 メソゲン骨格に含まれる複数の環構造は、縮合多環構造を形成してもよいが、環構造同士が単結合で連結(結合)された連結多環構造を形成していることが好ましい。これにより、重合性モノマBの分子の運動性がさらに高まる。 The plurality of ring structures contained in the mesogen skeleton may form a condensed polycyclic structure, but it is preferable that the ring structures form a linked polycyclic structure in which the ring structures are linked (bonded) by a single bond. This further enhances the mobility of the molecules of the polymerizable monomer B.
 重合性モノマBは、少なくとも2つの重合性基を有している。重合性モノマAおよび重合性モノマBの重合性基同士を重合させることにより、重合性モノマAおよび重合性モノマBの重合物を基板により強固に固定することができるとともに、液晶分子の保持力を高めることもできる。その結果、プレチルト角付与力を向上させることもできる。 The polymerizable monomer B has at least two polymerizable groups. By polymerizing the polymerizable groups of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B with each other, the polymerized product of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B can be firmly fixed to the substrate, and at the same time, the holding power of liquid crystal molecules can be increased. It can also be increased. As a result, the pretilt angle imparting force can be improved.
 なお、重合性基の数は、2つであってもよいが、3つ以上であってもよい。2つ以上の重合性基を有することにより、重合物の架橋密度を高めることができる。このため、これらを基板にさらに強固に固定することができるとともに、液晶分子の保持力やプレチルト角付与力をさらに高めることもできる。 The number of polymerizable groups may be two, but may be three or more. By having two or more polymerizable groups, the crosslink density of the polymer can be increased. Therefore, these can be more firmly fixed to the substrate, and the holding force of the liquid crystal molecules and the pretilt angle imparting force can be further increased.
 かかる重合性基は、例えば、上記一般式(P-1)~(P-13)で表される群より選ばれる。これらの中でも、重合性基としては、式(P-1)~式(P-3)で示される基が好ましく、式(P-1)で示される基(アクリロイル基)または式(P-2)で示される基(メタアクリロイル基)がより好ましい。 Such a polymerizable group is selected, for example, from the group represented by the above general formulas (P-1) to (P-13). Among these, the polymerizable group is preferably a group represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-3), and a group represented by formula (P-1) (acryloyl group) or formula (P-2) Group represented by () (methacryloyl group) is more preferable.
 重合性モノマBが有する2つ以上の重合性基は、同一であってもよく、互いに異なっていてもよい。 The two or more polymerizable groups contained in the polymerizable monomer B may be the same or different from each other.
 かかる重合性モノマBは、例えば、下記一般式(i-6-1)で表される化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。 The polymerizable monomer B preferably contains, for example, at least one selected from the compounds represented by the following general formula (i-6-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式中、Xは環構造(脂肪族環構造または芳香族環構造)を表し、Pは、重合性基を表し、Spは、スペーサ基を表し、aは、0~2の整数を表し、m、n、oは、それぞれ独立して、0~3の整数を表すが、m+n+oは、2以上である。 In the formula, X represents a ring structure (aliphatic ring structure or aromatic ring structure), P represents a polymerizable group, Sp represents a spacer group, a represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m , N, and o each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and m + n + o is 2 or more.
 なお、重合性基Pおよびスペーサ基Spは、それぞれ前述した基と同様である。 The polymerizable group P and the spacer group Sp are the same as the groups described above.
 また、メソゲン骨格は、さらに環構造Xに結合する置換基Ki1Bを備えてもよい。 Further, the mesogenic skeleton may further include a substituent K i1B bonded to the ring structure X.
 置換基Ki1Bは、ハロゲン原子、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のアルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のハロゲン化アルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のシアノ化アルキル基、または直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のアルコキシ基を表す。 The substituent K i1B is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched group. Represents a cyanated alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms.
 このアルキル基中の2個以上の第二級炭素原子は、-C(=Xi1)-および/または-(CH-CN)-で置換されてもよく、アルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-C(=CH)-、-C(=CHRi3)-、-C(=CRi3 )-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-NH-、-COO-または-OCO-で置換されてもよく、アルキル基中の水素原子は、P-Sp-で置換されてもよく、アルキル基の末端は、OH、NHまたはCNで置換されてもよい。 Two or more secondary carbon atoms in the alkyl group may be substituted with -C (= X i1 ) -and / or- (CH-CN)-, and the secondary carbon atom in the alkyl group is Is -C (= CH 2 )-, -C (= CHR i3 )-, -C (= CR i3 2 )-, -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. It may be substituted with —O—, —NH—, —COO— or —OCO—, the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with P—Sp—, and the end of the alkyl group may be OH, NH. 2 or CN may be substituted.
 式中、Xi1は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、NHまたはNRi3を表し、Ri3は、直鎖状または分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表し(ただし、このアルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置換されてもよい。)、Pは、重合性基を表し、Spは、スペーサ基を表す。)
 重合性モノマBが、かかる置換基Ki1Bを備えるメソゲン骨格を有することにより、液晶分子に十分なプレチルト角をより確実に付与し、かつプレチルト角の変化をより生じ難くすることができる。
In the formula, X i1 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or NR i3 , and R i3 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (provided that in this alkyl group, The secondary carbon atom may be substituted with —O—, —CH═CH— or —C≡C— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other.), P represents a polymerizable group and Sp represents , Represents a spacer group. )
Since the polymerizable monomer B has a mesogenic skeleton including the substituent K i1B , it is possible to more reliably impart a sufficient pretilt angle to liquid crystal molecules and make it more difficult for the pretilt angle to change.
 置換基Ki1Bは、ハロゲン原子、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のハロゲン化アルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のシアノ化アルキル基、または直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルコキシ基を表すが、ハロゲン原子、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のアルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のハロゲン化アルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のシアノ化アルキル基、または直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数3~40のアルコキシ基が好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数3~40のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数3~40のハロゲン化アルキル基、または直鎖状の炭素原子数3~40のアルコキシ基が好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数3~18のアルキル基または直鎖状の炭素原子数3~18のアルコキシ基が好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数3~12のアルキル基または直鎖状の炭素原子数3~12のアルコキシ基が好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数3~8のアルキル基または直鎖状の炭素原子数3~8のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 The substituent K i1B is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched group. Represents a cyanated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, which is a halogen atom, or a linear or branched carbon atom having 3 to 40 alkyl group, linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, linear or branched cyanated alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, or linear or branched Is preferably an alkoxy group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, and is a linear alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear halogenated alkyl group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, or a linear carbon atom. Number 3 ~ A 40-alkoxy group is preferable, a linear alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms or a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. Alternatively, a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a linear alkoxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable.
 なお、重合性基Pおよびスペーサ基Spは、それぞれ前述した基と同様である。 The polymerizable group P and the spacer group Sp are the same as the groups described above.
 かかる重合性モノマBとしては、上記一般式(i-1-1)~(i-4-14)において、メソゲン骨格と各重合性基との間にスペーサ基を有する化合物(すなわち、2つの重合性基がメソゲン骨格の長軸方向両端部のほぼ対称な位置に結合している化合物)であってもよく、下記式(i-6-11)~(i-6-13)に示す化合物(すなわち、2つの重合性基がメソゲン骨格の長軸方向一端部に偏在して結合している化合物)であってもよい。 As the polymerizable monomer B, a compound having a spacer group between the mesogenic skeleton and each polymerizable group in the above general formulas (i-1-1) to (i-4-14) (that is, two polymerizable monomers) is used. The functional group may be bonded to both ends of the mesogen skeleton in the longitudinal direction at substantially symmetrical positions), and a compound represented by the following formulas (i-6-11) to (i-6-13) ( That is, a compound in which two polymerizable groups are unevenly distributed and bonded at one end in the long axis direction of the mesogenic skeleton) may be used.
 後者の重合性モノマBは、液晶分子の配向制御を補助するように作用し得ることからも好ましい。 The latter polymerizable monomer B is also preferable because it can act to assist the alignment control of liquid crystal molecules.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 重合性モノマAと重合性モノマBとの合計量に対する重合性モノマAの量は、25~75質量%程度であることが好ましく、40~60質量%程度であることがより好ましい。このような比率で重合性モノマAおよび重合性モノマBを用いることにより、液晶分子に付与されるプレチルト角をより大きくすることができ、またISの発生を好適に防止または抑制することができる。 The amount of the polymerizable monomer A based on the total amount of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B is preferably about 25 to 75% by mass, more preferably about 40 to 60% by mass. By using the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B in such a ratio, the pretilt angle imparted to the liquid crystal molecules can be further increased, and the occurrence of IS can be preferably prevented or suppressed.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる重合性モノマAと重合性モノマBとの合計量は、液晶分子100質量部に対して、0.1~3質量部程度であることが好ましく、0.2~2質量部程度であることがより好ましい。重合性モノマAと重合性モノマBとの合計量を上記範囲に設定することにより、優れたVHRや高速応答性を維持することができる。 The total amount of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably about 0.1 to 3 parts by mass, and 0.2 to 2 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal molecule. It is more preferable that the amount is about parts by mass. By setting the total amount of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B in the above range, excellent VHR and high-speed response can be maintained.
 ((液晶分子))
 液晶分子は、一般式(N-1)~(N-3)で表される化合物のうちの少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。
((Liquid crystal molecule))
The liquid crystal molecule preferably contains at least one of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31およびRN32は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表すが、該アルキル基中に存在する任意の1個または隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-または-OCO-で置換されてもよい。 In the formula, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, but any 1 Or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are each independently substituted with —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—. Good.
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31およびAN32は、それぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(該基中に存在する任意の1個または隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は、-O-で置換されてもよい。)、
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(該基中に存在する任意の1個または隣接しない2個以上の-CH=は、-N=で置換されてもよい。)、
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基またはデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(該基中に存在する任意の1個または隣接しない2個以上の-CH=は、-N=で置換されてもよい。)、および
(d) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基
からなる群より選ばれる基を表すが、上記の基(a)、基(b)、基(c)および基(d)は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子または塩素原子で置換されてもよい。
A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 are each independently,
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (any one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — present in the group may be substituted with —O—),
(B) a 1,4-phenylene group (any one or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in the group may be substituted with -N =),
(C) a naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or a decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (any one present in the group) Or two or more -CH = which are not adjacent to each other may be substituted by -N =), and (d) represents a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene groups. The group (a), group (b), group (c) and group (d) may each independently be substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31およびZN32は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-または-C≡C-を表す。 Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2. O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = NN-CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C- Represent
 XN21は、水素原子またはフッ素原子を表す。 X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
 TN31は、-CH-または酸素原子を表す。 T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom.
 nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31およびnN32は、それぞれ独立して、0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22およびnN31+nN32は、それぞれ独立して、1、2または3であり、AN11~AN32、ZN11~ZN32が複数存在する場合には、それらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are respectively Independently, 1, 2 or 3, and when there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different.
 RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31およびRN32は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基または炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基であることが好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基であることがより好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基であることが特に好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルケニル基(プロペニル基)であることが最も好ましい。 R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or It is more preferably an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. An alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is particularly preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group) is most preferable.
 また、それらは、ベンゼン環(芳香族環)である環構造に結合する場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基または炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、シクロヘキサン環、ピラン環、ジオキサン環のような飽和した環構造に結合する場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基または直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましい。なお、ネマチック相を安定化させるためには、それらの炭素原子の数(酸素原子を含む場合には、炭素原子の数と酸素原子の数との合計)が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることも好ましい。 When they are bonded to a ring structure which is a benzene ring (aromatic ring), they are a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Alternatively, it is preferably an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, and when it is bonded to a saturated ring structure such as a cyclohexane ring, a pyran ring or a dioxane ring, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is used. A group, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, it is preferable that the number of carbon atoms (the total number of carbon atoms and the number of oxygen atoms when oxygen atoms are contained) be 5 or less. It is also preferably chain-like.
 アルケニル基は、下記式(R1)~(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。 The alkenyl group is preferably selected from the groups represented by any of the following formulas (R1) to (R5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 各式中の黒点は、環構造中の炭素原子を表す。 The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31およびAN32は、それぞれ独立して、Δnを大きくすることが求められる場合には、芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましい。 Each of A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 is preferably aromatic when it is required to increase Δn, in order to improve the response speed. It is preferably aliphatic.
 具体的には、AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31およびAN32は、それぞれ独立して、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基または1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基であることが好ましく、下記化13の基のうちのいずれかであることがより好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基または1,4-フェニレン基であることがさらに好ましい。 Specifically, A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 are each independently a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro group. -1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexene Cenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1, It is preferably a 2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, more preferably one of the groups of the following Chemical formula 13, and a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group. More preferably, it is a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31およびZN32は、それぞれ独立して、-CHO-、-CFO-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-または単結合であることが好ましく、-CHO-、-CHCH-または単結合であることがより好ましく、-CHO-または単結合がさらに好ましい。 Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently, -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or it is preferably a single bond, -CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 - or more preferably a single bond, -CH 2 O-or a single bond is more preferable.
 XN21は、フッ素原子であることが好ましい。 X N21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
 TN31は、酸素原子であることが好ましい。 T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
 nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22およびnN31+nN32は、1または2であることが好ましい。具体的には、nN11が1でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が2でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が1でありnN12が1である組み合わせ、nN21が1でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN21が2でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN31が1でありnN32が0である組み合わせ、nN31が2でありnN32が0である組み合わせが好ましい。 n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are preferably 1 or 2. Specifically, a combination in which n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 0, a combination in which n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 0, a combination in which n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1, and n N21 is 1 and n N22 is 0, n N21 is 2 and n N22 is 0, n N31 is 1 and n N32 is 0, n N31 is 2 and n N32 is 0 Certain combinations are preferred.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1)~(N-3)で表される化合物の量は、それぞれ次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、10質量%、20質量%、30質量%、40質量%、50質量%、55質量%、60質量%、65質量%、70質量%、75質量%、80質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、95質量%、85質量%、75質量%、65質量%、55質量%、45質量%、35質量%、25質量%、20質量%である。 The amounts of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition are preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit value is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass. % And 80% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, 35% by mass, 25% by mass and 20% by mass.
 液晶組成物の粘度(η)を低く保ち、応答速度を高める場合は、一般式(N-1)~(N-3)で表される化合物の量は、下限値が低くかつ上限値も低い方が好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物のネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(Tni)を高く保ち、温度安定性を改善する場合は、その量は下限値が低くかつ上限値も低い方が好ましい。また、液晶表示素子の駆動電圧を低く保つため、液晶組成物の誘電率異方性(Δε)を大きくする場合は、その量は下限値が高くかつ上限値も高い方が好ましい。 When the viscosity (η) of the liquid crystal composition is kept low and the response speed is increased, the amount of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3) has a low lower limit and a low upper limit. Is preferred. Further, in order to maintain the nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni) of the liquid crystal composition at a high level and improve the temperature stability, the lower limit and the lower limit of the amount are preferably low. When the dielectric anisotropy (Δε) of the liquid crystal composition is increased in order to keep the driving voltage of the liquid crystal display element low, the lower limit and the upper limit of the amount are preferably high.
 一般式(N-1)で表される化合物としては、下記一般式(N-1a)~(N-1g)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。 Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式中、RN11およびRN12は、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 Wherein, R N11 and R N12 are the same meanings as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
 nNa11は、0または1を表す。 nNa11 represents 0 or 1.
 nNb11は、1または2を表す。 n Nb11 represents 1 or 2.
 nNc11は、0または1を表す。 n Nc11 represents 0 or 1.
 nNd11は、1または2を表す。 n Nd11 represents 1 or 2.
 nNe11は、1または2を表す。 n Ne11 represents 1 or 2.
 nNf12は、1または2を表す。 n Nf12 represents 1 or 2.
 nNg11は、1または2を表す。 n Ng11 represents 1 or 2.
 ANe11は、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基または1,4-フェニレン基を表す。 A Ne11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
 ANg11は、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基または1,4-フェニレン基を表すが、少なくとも1つは、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基を表す。 A Ng11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, but at least one represents a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group.
 ZNe11は、単結合またはエチレン基を表すが、少なくとも1つは、エチレン基を表す。 Z Ne11 represents a single bond or an ethylene group, but at least one represents an ethylene group.
 ただし、ANe11、ZNe11および/またはANg11が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 However, when a plurality of A Ne11 , Z Ne11 and / or A Ng11 are present, they may be the same or different.
 より具体的には、一般式(N-1)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(N-1-1)~(N-1-21)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 More specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the following general formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21).
 一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式中、RN111およびRN112は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N111 and R N112 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
 RN111は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、プロピル基、ペンチル基またはビニル基であることがより好ましい。 R N111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group.
 RN112は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、エトキシ基またはブトキシ基であることがより好ましい。 R N112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group or a butoxy group. .
 一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when set high, and when Tni is important, the effect is high when set low. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%、23質量%、25質量%、27質量%、30質量%、33質量%、35質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、50質量%、40質量%、38質量%、35質量%、33質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、8質量%、7質量%、6質量%、5質量%、3質量%である。 Its preferable lower limit value is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, It is 35 mass%. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass. %, 15 mass%, 13 mass%, 10 mass%, 8 mass%, 7 mass%, 6 mass%, 5 mass%, 3 mass%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は、下記式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.25)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、下記式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.4)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましく、下記式(N-1-1.1)および(N-1-1.3)で表される化合物から選ばれることがさらに好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the following formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.25). Are more preferably selected from compounds represented by the following formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4), and the following formulas (N-1-1.1) and (N- More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 1-1.3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.25)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.25) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.25)で表される化合物の単独または併用での量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%、23質量%、25質量%、27質量%、30質量%、33質量%、35質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、50質量%、40質量%、38質量%、35質量%、33質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、8質量%、7質量%、6質量%、5質量%、3質量%である。 The amounts of the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.25) contained in the liquid crystal composition, alone or in combination, are preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit value is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass. % And 35% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass. %, 15 mass%, 13 mass%, 10 mass%, 8 mass%, 7 mass%, 6 mass%, 5 mass%, 3 mass%.
 一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式中、RN121およびRN122は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N121 and R N122 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
 RN121は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基またはペンチル基であることがより好ましい。 R N121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group.
 RN122は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基またはプロポキシ基であることがより好ましい。 R N122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group. Alternatively, it is more preferably a propoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には低めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when the value is set low, and the effect is high when the value is emphasized when Tni is important. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%、23質量%、25質量%、27質量%、30質量%、33質量%、35質量%、37質量%、40質量%、42質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、50質量%、48質量%、45質量%、43質量%、40質量%、38質量%、35質量%、33質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、8質量%、7質量%、6質量%、5質量%である。 The preferred lower limit values are 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, 35% by mass, 37% by mass, 40% by mass and 42% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 50% by mass, 48% by mass, 45% by mass, 43% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass. %, 23 mass%, 20 mass%, 18 mass%, 15 mass%, 13 mass%, 10 mass%, 8 mass%, 7 mass%, 6 mass%, 5 mass%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は、下記式(N-1-2.1)~(N-1-2.25)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(N-1-2.3)~(N-1-2.7)、式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)、式(N-1-2.13)および式(N-1-2.20)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the following formulas (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.25). , Formulas (N-1-2.3) to (N-1-2.7), formulas (N-1-2.10), formulas (N-1-2.11), formulas (N-1-) It is more preferred to be selected from the compounds represented by 2.13) and the formula (N-1-2.20).
 なお、一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は、Δεの改良を重視する場合には、式(N-1-2.3)~(N-1-2.7)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、Tniの改良を重視する場合には、式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)および式(N-1-2.13)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、応答速度の改良を重視する場合には、式(N-1-2.20)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-2) are represented by the formulas (N-1-2.3) to (N-1-2.7) when the improvement of Δε is important. is preferably selected from compounds, when emphasizing improvements in T ni of the formula (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) and formula (N-1-2 .13), and when the improvement in response speed is important, the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.20) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(N-1-2.1)~(N-1-2.25)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.25) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(N-1-2.1)~(N-1-2.25)で表される化合物の単独または併用での量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%、23質量%、25質量%、27質量%、30質量%、33質量%、35質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、50質量%、40質量%、38質量%、35質量%、33質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、8質量%、7質量%、6質量%、5質量%、3質量%である。 The amount of the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.25) contained in the liquid crystal composition, alone or in combination, is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit value is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass. % And 35% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass. %, 15 mass%, 13 mass%, 10 mass%, 8 mass%, 7 mass%, 6 mass%, 5 mass%, 3 mass%.
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式中、RN131およびRN132は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N131 and R N132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
 RN131は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基またはブチル基であることがより好ましい。 R N131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 RN132は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数3~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、1-プロペニル基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基またはブトキシ基であることがより好ましい。 R N132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is 1-propenyl group, ethoxy group, propoxy group or It is more preferably a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the higher the effect is, the higher the effect is. If the Tni is important, the higher the effect is. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-3.1)~(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)~(N-1-3.7)および式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)、式(N-1-3.2)、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)および式(N-1-3.6)で表される化合物から選ばれることがさらに好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.21), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and the formula (N-1-3.21), and the formula (N-1- 3.1), formula (N-1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6) More preferably, it is selected from the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(N-1-3.1)~(N-1-3.4)、式(N-1-3.6)および式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできるが、式(N-1-3.1)で表される化合物と式(N-1-3.2)で表される化合物との併用、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)および式(N-1-3.6)から選ばれる2種または3種の併用が好ましい。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.4), the formula (N-1-3.6) and the formula (N-1-3.21) are 1 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-3.1) and the compound represented by formula (N-1-3.2) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. A combination with a compound, and a combination of two or three selected from the formula (N-1-3.3), the formula (N-1-3.4) and the formula (N-1-3.6) are preferable.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(N-1-3.1)~(N-1-3.4)、式(N-1-3.6)および式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物の単独または併用での量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 In the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.4), the formula (N-1-3.6) and the formula (N-1-3.21) contained in the liquid crystal composition, The amounts of the compounds shown, alone or in combination, are preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式中、RN141およびRN142は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 Wherein, R N141 and R N142 are each independently the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
 RN141およびRN142は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、エトキシ基またはブトキシ基であることがより好ましい。 R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5, methyl group, It is more preferably a propyl group, an ethoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when set high, and when Tni is important, the effect is high when set low. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%、11質量%、10質量%、8質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 11% by mass, 10% by mass. % And 8% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.24)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)、式(N-1-4.2)および式(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.24), More preferably, it is selected from compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.4), and formulas (N-1-4.1) and (N-1-) It is preferably selected from the compounds represented by 4.2) and the formula (N-1-4.4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.24)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.24) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.24)で表される化合物の単独または併用での量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%、11質量%、10質量%、8質量%である。 The amount of the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.24) contained in the liquid crystal composition, alone or in combination, is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 11% by mass, 10% by mass. , 8% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式中、RN151およびRN152は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N151 and R N152 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
 RN151およびRN152は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基またはブチル基であることが好ましい。 R N151 and R N152 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an ethyl group, It is preferably a propyl group or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-5) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には低めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when the value is set low, and the effect is high when the value is emphasized when Tni is important. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、8質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%、33質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. , 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-5.1)~(N-1-5.12)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)および式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-5.1) to (N-1-5.12), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2) and formula (N-1-5.4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)および式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1), the formula (N-1-5.2) and the formula (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination of 2 It is also possible to use more than one type.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)および式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物の単独または併用での量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、8質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、33質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 A compound represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2) and formula (N-1-5.4) contained in the liquid crystal composition, alone or in combination; The amount is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式中、RN1101およびRN1102は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N1101 and R N1102 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
 RN1101は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基または1-プロペニル基であることがより好ましい。 R N1101 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. preferable.
 RN1102は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基またはブトキシ基であることがより好ましい。 R N1102 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group. Is more preferable.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when set high, and when Tni is important, the effect is high when set low. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-10.1)~(N-1-10.14)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)~(N-1-10.5)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)および式(N-1-10.2)で表される化合物から選ばれることがさら好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.14), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5), and formulas (N-1-10.1) and (N-1-) More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 10.2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(N-1-10.1)および式(N-1-10.2)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-10.1) and formula (N-1-10.2) can be used each alone or two or more of them can be used in combination.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(N-1-10.1)および式(N-1-10.2)で表される化合物の単独または併用での量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) and the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10.2) contained in the liquid crystal composition, alone or in combination, is preferably as follows. . That is, the preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式中、RN1111およびRN1112は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N1111 and R N1112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
 RN1111は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基または1-プロペニル基であることがより好ましい。 R N1111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. preferable.
 RN1112は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基またはブトキシ基であることがより好ましい。 R N1112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group. Is more preferable.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には低めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when the value is set low, and the effect is high when the value is emphasized when Tni is important. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-11.1)~(N-1-11.14)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(N-1-11.1)~(N-1-11.14)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましく、式(N-1-11.2および式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物から選ばれることがさらに好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.14), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.14), and formula (N-1-11.2 and formula (N-1-11) More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(N-1-11.2)および式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) and the formula (N-1-11.4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(N-1-11.2)および式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物の単独または併用での量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 The amounts of the compounds represented by formula (N-1-11.2) and formula (N-1-11.4) contained in the liquid crystal composition, alone or in combination, are preferably as follows. . That is, the preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式中、RN1121およびRN1122は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N1121 and R N1122 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
 RN1121は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基またはブチル基であることがより好ましい。 R N1121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 RN1122は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基またはブトキシ基であることがより好ましい。 R N1122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group. Is more preferable.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the effect is high when set high, and when Tni is important, the effect is high when set low. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 式中、RN1131およびRN1132は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N1131 and R N1132 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
 RN1131は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基またはブチル基であることがより好ましい。 R N1131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 RN1132は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基またはブトキシ基であることがより好ましい。 R N1132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group. Is more preferable.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the higher the effect is, the higher the effect is. If the Tni is important, the higher the effect is. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 式中、RN1141およびRN1142は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N1141 and R N1142 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
 RN1141は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基またはブチル基であることがより好ましい。 R N1141 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 RN1142は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基またはブトキシ基であることがより好ましい。 R N1142 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group. Is more preferable.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the higher the effect is, the higher the effect is. If the Tni is important, the higher the effect is. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-14.1)~(N-1-14.5)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(N-1-14.1)~(N-1-14.3)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましく、式(N-1-14.2)および式(N-1-14.3)で表される化合物から選ばれることがさらに好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-14. 1) to (N-1-14.5), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-14.1) to (N-1-14.3.), And the formula (N-1-14.2) and the formula (N-1- More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 14.3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式中、RN1201およびRN1202はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N1201 and R N1202 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
 RN1201およびRN1202は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基またはブチル基であることがより好ましい。 R N1201 and R N1202 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. preferable.
 一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the higher the effect is, the higher the effect is. If the Tni is important, the higher the effect is. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式中、RN1211およびRN1212は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N1211 and R N1212 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
 RN1211およびRN1212は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基またはブチル基であることがより好ましい。 R N1211 and R N1212 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. preferable.
 一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the higher the effect is, the higher the effect is. If the Tni is important, the higher the effect is. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式中、RN1221およびRN1222は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11およびRN12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R N1221 and R N1222 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
 RN1221およびRN1222は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基またはブチル基であることがより好ましい。 R N1221 and R N1222 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. preferable.
 一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物の量は、Δεの改善を重視する場合には高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably set higher when the improvement of Δε is important, and the solubility at low temperature is important. In this case, the higher the effect is, the higher the effect is. If the Tni is important, the higher the effect is. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、35質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、5質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 5% by mass. %.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-22.1)~(N-1-22.12)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(N-1-22.1)~(N-1-22.5)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましく、式(N-1-22.1)~(N-1-22.4)で表される化合物から選ばれることがさらに好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-22. 1) to (N-1-22. 12), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5), and formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22) More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 液晶組成物は、さらに、下記一般式(L)で表される化合物(液晶分子)から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有してもよい。一般式(L)で表される化合物は、誘電率異方性を有さないか、あるいは極めて低い。このため、かかる化合物を液晶組成物中に配合することにより、液晶組成物の各種特性を調整することができる。 The liquid crystal composition may further contain at least one selected from compounds (liquid crystal molecules) represented by the following general formula (L). The compound represented by the general formula (L) has no or extremely low dielectric anisotropy. Therefore, various characteristics of the liquid crystal composition can be adjusted by incorporating such a compound into the liquid crystal composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 式中、RL1およびRL2は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表すが、該アルキル基中に存在する任意の1個または隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-または-OCO-で置換されてもよい。 In the formula, R L1 and R L2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, but any one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups present in the alkyl group are represented. May each independently be substituted with —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—.
 nL1は、0、1、2または3を表す。 n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3.
 AL1、AL2およびAL3は、それぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(該基中に存在する任意の1個または隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は、-O-で置換されてもよい。)、
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(該基中に存在する任意の1個または隣接しない2個以上の-CH=は、-N=で置換されてもよい。)、および
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基またはデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(該基中に存在する任意の1個または隣接しない2個以上の-CH=は、-N=で置換されてもよい。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表すが、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子または塩素原子で置換されてもよい。
A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (any one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — present in the group may be substituted with —O—),
(B) 1,4-phenylene group (any one or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in the group may be substituted with -N =), and (c) naphthalene- 2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (any one present in the group or non-adjacent 2 More than one -CH = may be replaced by -N =.)
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
 ZL1およびZL2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-または-C≡C-を表す。 Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —. It represents OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═NN═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—.
 nL1が2または3であってAL2が複数存在する場合には、それらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 When n L1 is 2 or 3 and a plurality of A L2 are present, they may be the same or different.
 nL1が2または3であってZL3が複数存在する場合には、それらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 When n L1 is 2 or 3 and a plurality of Z L3 are present, they may be the same or different.
 ただし、一般式(N-1)、(N-2)および(N-3)で表される化合物を除く。 However, compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) are excluded.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (L) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類である。あるいは、使用する化合物の種類は、本発明の別の実施形態では、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類であり、6種類であり、7種類であり、8種類であり、9種類であり、10種類以上である。 The type of compound used is, for example, one type in one embodiment of the present invention. Alternatively, the types of compounds used in another embodiment of the present invention are two types, three types, four types, five types, six types, seven types, and eight types. And 9 types, and 10 or more types.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L)で表される化合物の量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜調整される。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L) contained in the liquid crystal composition depends on the solubility at low temperature, the transition temperature, the electrical reliability, the birefringence, the process compatibility, the dripping mark, the burn-in, the dielectric property. It is appropriately adjusted according to the required performance such as rate anisotropy.
 その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、10質量%、20質量%、30質量%、40質量%、50質量%、55質量%、60質量%、65質量%、70質量%、75質量%、80質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、95質量%、85質量%、75質量%、65質量%、55質量%、45質量%、35質量%、25質量%である。 The preferred lower limit is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, 35% by mass and 25% by mass.
 液晶組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度を高める必要がある場合には、上記の下限値が高く、かつ上限値も高いことが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性を高める必要がある場合には、上記の下限値が高く、かつ上限値も高いことが好ましい。また、液晶組成物の駆動電圧を低く保つべく、その誘電率異方性を大きくしたい場合には、上記の下限値が低く、かつ上限値も低いことが好ましい。 When it is necessary to keep the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition low and increase the response speed, it is preferable that the lower limit value and the upper limit value are high. Further, when it is necessary to keep the Tni of the liquid crystal composition high and to improve the temperature stability, it is preferable that the lower limit value and the upper limit value are high. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy of the liquid crystal composition in order to keep it low, the lower limit and the upper limit are preferably low.
 信頼性を重視する場合には、RL1およびRL2の双方がアルキル基であることが好ましく、揮発性を低減させることを重視する場合には、RL1およびRL2の双方がアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、液晶組成物の粘性の低下を重視する場合には、RL1およびRL2の少なくとも一方がアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 When reliability is important, both R L1 and R L2 are preferably alkyl groups, and when importance is attached to reducing volatility, both R L1 and R L2 are alkoxy groups. It is preferable that when importance is attached to the reduction of the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition, at least one of R L1 and R L2 is an alkenyl group.
 分子内に存在するハロゲン原子の数は、0、1、2または3個であることが好ましく、0または1個であることがより好ましく、他の液晶分子との相溶性を重視する場合には、1個であることがさらに好ましい。 The number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3, more preferably 0 or 1, and when importance is attached to compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules, It is more preferable that the number is one.
 RL1およびRL2は、それらがベンゼン環(芳香族環)である環構造に結合する場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基または炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、それらがシクロヘキサン環、ピラン環、ジオキサン環のような飽和した環構造に結合する場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基または直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましい。なお、ネマチック相を安定化させるためには、炭素原子の数(酸素原子を含む場合には、炭素原子の数と酸素原子の数との合計)が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることも好ましい。 When R L1 and R L2 are bonded to a ring structure which is a benzene ring (aromatic ring), R 1 and R L2 are linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It is preferably an alkoxy group having 4 or an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, and when they are bonded to a saturated ring structure such as a cyclohexane ring, a pyran ring or a dioxane ring, a linear carbon atom It is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the number of carbon atoms (when oxygen atoms are included, the total number of carbon atoms and the number of oxygen atoms) is preferably 5 or less, and linear Is also preferable.
 アルケニル基は、下記式(R1)~(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。 The alkenyl group is preferably selected from the groups represented by any of the following formulas (R1) to (R5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 各式中の黒点は、環構造中の炭素原子を表す。 The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.
 nL1は、応答速度を重視する場合には0であることが好ましく、ネマチック相の上限温度を改善するためには2または3であることが好ましく、これらのバランスをとるためには1であることが好ましい。また、液晶組成物として求められる特性を満たすためには、nL1が異なる値である複数種類の一般式(L)で表される化合物を併用することが好ましい。 n L1 is preferably 0 when the response speed is important, is preferably 2 or 3 in order to improve the maximum temperature of the nematic phase, and is 1 in order to balance these. It is preferable. Further, in order to satisfy the properties required for the liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to use a plurality of types of compounds represented by the general formula (L) having different values of n L1 in combination.
 AL1、AL2およびAL3は、それぞれ独立して、Δnを大きくすることが求められる場合には、芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましい。 A L1 , A L2, and A L3 are each independently preferably aromatic when it is required to increase Δn, and preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed. .
 具体的には、AL1、AL2およびAL3は、それぞれ独立して、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基または1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基であることが好ましく、下記化39の基のうちのいずれかであることがより好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基または1,4-フェニレン基であることがさらに好ましい。 Specifically, A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3 -Fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1 , 4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group is preferable, and More preferably, it is any of the groups of Chemical formula 39, and even more preferably a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 ZL1およびZL2は、応答速度を重視する場合には単結合であることが好ましい。 Z L1 and Z L2 are preferably a single bond when the response speed is important.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は、その分子内に存在するハロゲン原子の数が0または1個であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L) preferably has 0 or 1 halogen atom present in the molecule.
 より具体的には、一般式(L)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(L-1)~(L-7)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 More specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (L) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the following general formulas (L-1) to (L-7).
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 化合物 The compound represented by formula (L-1) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 式中、RL11およびRL12は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1およびRL2と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R L11 and R L12 each independently have the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in formula (L).
 RL11およびRL12は、それぞれ独立して、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基または直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 R L11 and R L12 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear chain having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Is preferably an alkenyl group.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-1)で表される化合物の量は、次のように設定される。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%、15質量%、20質量%、25質量%、30質量%、35質量%、40質量%、45質量%、50質量%、55質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、95質量%、90質量%、85質量%、80質量%、75質量%、70質量%、65質量%、60質量%、55質量%、50質量%、45質量%、40質量%、35質量%、30質量%、25質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) contained in the liquid crystal composition is set as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit value is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 15% by mass, 20% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass. %, 40 mass%, 45 mass%, 50 mass%, 55 mass%. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 95% by mass, 90% by mass, 85% by mass, 80% by mass, 75% by mass, 70% by mass, 65% by mass, 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass. %, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, and 25% by mass.
 液晶組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度を高める必要がある場合には、上記の下限値が高く、かつ上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性を高める必要がある場合には、上記の下限値が中庸、かつ上限値が中庸であることが好ましい。また、液晶組成物の駆動電圧を低く保つべく、その誘電率異方性を大きくしたい場合には、上記の下限値が低く、かつ上限値も低いことが好ましい。 When it is necessary to keep the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition low and increase the response speed, it is preferable that the lower limit value and the upper limit value are high. Further, when it is necessary to keep the Tni of the liquid crystal composition high and enhance the temperature stability, it is preferable that the lower limit value is moderate and the upper limit value is moderate. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy of the liquid crystal composition in order to keep it low, the lower limit and the upper limit are preferably low.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は、一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 式中、RL12は、一般式(L-1)におけるRL12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R L12 has the same meaning as R L12 in formula (L-1).
 一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-1.1)~(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-1-1.2)および式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましく、式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることがさらに好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (L-1-1) is preferably selected from compounds represented by formulas (L-1-1.1) to (L-1-1.3), L-1-1.2) and a compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) are more preferred, and a compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) Is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、20質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、8質量%、7質量%、6質量%、5質量%、3質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass and 10% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass and 3% by mass.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は、一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 式中、RL12は、一般式(L-1)におけるRL12と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R L12 has the same meaning as R L12 in formula (L-1).
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、5質量%、10質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%、23質量%、25質量%、27質量%、30質量%、35質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、60質量%、55質量%、50質量%、45質量%、42質量%、40質量%、38質量%、35質量%、33質量%、30質量%である。 量 The amount of the compound represented by formula (L-1-2) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit value is 1 mass%, 5 mass%, 10 mass%, 15 mass%, 17 mass%, 20 mass%, 23 mass%, 25 mass%, 27 mass%, 30 mass%, 35 mass%. %. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit value is 60 mass%, 55 mass%, 50 mass%, 45 mass%, 42 mass%, 40 mass%, 38 mass%, 35 mass%, 33 mass%, 30 mass%.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、5質量%、10質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%、23質量%、25質量%、27質量%、30質量%、35質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、60質量%、55質量%、50質量%、45質量%、42質量%、40質量%、38質量%、35質量%、33質量%、30質量%である。 量 The amount of the compound represented by formula (L-1-2) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit value is 1 mass%, 5 mass%, 10 mass%, 15 mass%, 17 mass%, 20 mass%, 23 mass%, 25 mass%, 27 mass%, 30 mass%, 35 mass%. %. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit value is 60 mass%, 55 mass%, 50 mass%, 45 mass%, 42 mass%, 40 mass%, 38 mass%, 35 mass%, 33 mass%, 30 mass%.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-2.1)~(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-1-2.2)~(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-2) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-1-2.1) to (L-1-2.4), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by formulas (L-1-2.2) to (L-1-2.4).
 特に、式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物は、液晶組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-2.3)または式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。なお、液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-2.3)で表される化合物と式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物との合計量は、低温での溶解度を良くするためには、30質量%以上にすることは好ましくない。 Particularly, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is preferable because it particularly improves the response speed of the liquid crystal composition. Further, when obtaining Tni higher than the response speed, it is preferable to use the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.3) or the formula (L-1-2.4). The total amount of the compound represented by formula (L-1-2.3) and the compound represented by formula (L-1-2.4) contained in the liquid crystal composition is the solubility at low temperature. In order to improve the content, it is not preferable to set it to 30% by mass or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、10質量%、15質量%、18質量%、20質量%、23質量%、25質量%、27質量%、30質量%、33質量%、35質量%、38質量%、40質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、60質量%、55質量%、50質量%、45質量%、43質量%、40質量%、38質量%、35質量%、32質量%、30質量%、27質量%、25質量%、22質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by formula (L-1-2.2) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit value is 10 mass%, 15 mass%, 18 mass%, 20 mass%, 23 mass%, 25 mass%, 27 mass%, 30 mass%, 33 mass%, 35 mass%, 38 mass%. % And 40% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, 43% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 32% by mass, 30% by mass, 27% by mass. %, 25% by mass, and 22% by mass.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物と式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物との合計量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、10質量%、15質量%、20質量%、25質量%、27質量%、30質量%、35質量%、40質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、60質量%、55質量%、50質量%、45質量%、43質量%、40質量%、38質量%、35質量%、32質量%、30質量%、27質量%、25質量%、22質量%である。 The total amount of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) contained in the liquid crystal composition is as follows. Is preferred. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 10% by mass, 15% by mass, 20% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass, and 40% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, 43% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 32% by mass, 30% by mass, 27% by mass. %, 25% by mass, and 22% by mass.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は、一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 式中、RL13およびRL14は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基または炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基を表す。 In the formula, R L13 and R L14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 RL13およびRL14は、それぞれ独立して、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基または直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 R L13 and R L14 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear chain having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Is preferably an alkenyl group.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-3)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その下限値は、1質量%、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%、23質量%、25質量%、30質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、60質量%、55質量%、50質量%、45質量%、40質量%、37質量%、35質量%、33質量%、30質量%、27質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、17質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by formula (L-1-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the lower limit values are 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass and 30% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 37% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 27% by mass, 25% by mass. %, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 17% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, and 10% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-3.1)~(L-1-3.13)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)および式(L-1-3.4)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-3) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-1-3.1) to (L-1-3.13), More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) and formula (L-1-3.4).
 特に、式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物は、液晶組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)または式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。なお、液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-3.3)で表される化合物と、式(L-1-3.4)で表される化合物と、式(L-1-3.11)で表される化合物と式(L-1-3.13)で表される化合物との合計量は、低温での溶解度を良くするためには、20質量%以上にすることは好ましくない。 Particularly, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable because it particularly improves the response speed of the liquid crystal composition. Further, when obtaining Tni higher than the response speed, the formula (L-1-3.3), the formula (L-1-3.4), the formula (L-1-3.11), or the formula (L- It is preferable to use the compound represented by 1-3.12). Note that a compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.3), a compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.4), and a compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition. 0.11) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.13), the total amount is preferably 20% by mass or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperature. Absent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、18質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、20質量%、17質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、8質量%、7質量%、6質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by formula (L-1-3.1) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferred lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 17% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, 7% by mass and 6% by mass.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は、一般式(L-1-4)および/または(L-1-5)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 式中、RL15およびRL16は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基または炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基を表す。 In the formula, R L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 RL15およびRL16は、それぞれ独立して、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基または直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 R L15 and R L16 each independently represent a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear chain having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Is preferably an alkenyl group.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-4)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、17質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 17% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass and 10% by mass.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-5)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、5質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、17質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by formula (L-1-5) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 17% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass and 10% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-4)および(L-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-4.1)~(L-1-5.3)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-1-4.2)および式(L-1-5.2)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましい。 Further, the compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) are represented by the formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-5.3). The compound is preferably selected from the compounds, and more preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) and the formula (L-1-5.2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、18質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、20質量%、17質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、8質量%、7質量%、6質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferred lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 17% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, 7% by mass and 6% by mass.
 式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)および式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上を併用すること、あるいは式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)および式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上を併用することも好ましい。 Formula (L-1-1.3), Formula (L-1-2.2), Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3), Formula (L-1- 3.4), two or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the formula (L-1-3.11) and the formula (L-1-3.12), or the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1) .3), formula (L-1-2.2), formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4) and formula (L-1-3.4). It is also preferable to use two or more kinds selected from the compounds represented by L-1-4.2) in combination.
 液晶組成物中に含まれるこれらの化合物の合計量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%、13質量%、15質量%、18質量%、20質量%、23質量%、25質量%、27質量%、30質量%、33質量%、35質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、80質量%、70質量%、60質量%、50質量%、45質量%、40質量%、37質量%、35質量%、33質量%、30質量%、28質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%である。 The total amount of these compounds contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, and 23% by mass. %, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, and 35% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 80% by mass, 70% by mass, 60% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 37% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass. %, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, and 20% by mass.
 液晶組成物の信頼性を重視する場合には、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)および式(L-1-3.4)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上を併用することが好ましく、液晶組成物の応答速度を重視する場合には、式(L-1-1.3)および式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上を併用することが好ましい。 When importance is placed on the reliability of the liquid crystal composition, the compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) and formula (L-1-3.4) It is preferable to use two or more kinds selected from the following in combination, and when importance is attached to the response speed of the liquid crystal composition, they are represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the formula (L-1-2.2). It is preferable to use two or more compounds selected from the following compounds in combination.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は、一般式(L-1-6)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 式中、RL17およびRL18は、それぞれ独立して、メチル基または水素原子を表す。 In the formula, R L17 and R L18 each independently represent a methyl group or a hydrogen atom.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-1-6)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、5質量%、10質量%、15質量%、17質量%、20質量%、23質量%、25質量%、27質量%、30質量%、35質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、60質量%、55質量%、50質量%、45質量%、42質量%、40質量%、38質量%、35質量%、33質量%、30質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by formula (L-1-6) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit value is 1 mass%, 5 mass%, 10 mass%, 15 mass%, 17 mass%, 20 mass%, 23 mass%, 25 mass%, 27 mass%, 30 mass%, 35 mass%. %. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit value is 60 mass%, 55 mass%, 50 mass%, 45 mass%, 42 mass%, 40 mass%, 38 mass%, 35 mass%, 33 mass%, 30 mass%.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-6.1)~(L-1-6.3)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-6) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-1-6.1) to (L-1-6.3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 式中、RL21およびRL22は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1およびRL2と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
 RL21は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
 RL22は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。 R L22 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-2) can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-2)で表される化合物の量は、低温での溶解性を重視する場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、応答速度を重視する場合には低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合には、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) contained in the liquid crystal composition is high when the solubility at low temperature is important, and the effect is high, on the contrary, the response speed is important. In this case, setting it lower will be more effective. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the burn-in property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、20質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10%質量%、8質量%、7質量%、6質量%、5質量%、3質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass and 10% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass and 3% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-2.1)~(L-2.6)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-2.1)、式(L-2.3)、式(L-2.4)および式(L-2.6)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-2.1) to (L-2.6), and the compound represented by the formula (L-2. More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 化合物 The compound represented by formula (L-3) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 式中、RL31およびRL32は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1およびRL2と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
 RL31およびRL32は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。 R L31 and R L32 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-3)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、20質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、8質量%、7質量%、6質量%、5質量%、3質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by formula (L-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass and 10% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass and 3% by mass.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-3)で表される化合物の量は、高い複屈折率を得る場合には高めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、高いTniを重視する場合には低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、その量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition is set high to obtain a high birefringence, and on the contrary, when high Tni is important. Is effective when set to a low value. Further, in the case of improving the drop mark and the image sticking property, it is preferable to set the range of the amount to the middle.
 さらに、一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-3.1)~(L-3.7)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-3.2)~(L-3.5)で表される化合物から選ばれることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-3.1) to (L-3.7), and the compound represented by the formula (L-3. More preferably, it is selected from the compounds represented by 2) to (L-3.5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 化合物 The compound represented by formula (L-4) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 式中、RL41およびRL42は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1およびRL2と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R L41 and R L42 each independently have the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
 RL41は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
 RL42は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。 R L42 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-4)で表される化合物の量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜調整される。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) contained in the liquid crystal composition depends on the solubility at low temperature, the transition temperature, the electrical reliability, the birefringence, the process compatibility, the dripping mark, and the burn-in. , The dielectric anisotropy and the like are appropriately adjusted according to the required performance.
 その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%、14質量%、16質量%、20質量%、23質量%、26質量%、30質量%、35質量%、40質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、50質量%、40質量%、35質量%、30質量%、20質量%、15質量%、10質量%、5質量%である。 The preferred lower limit is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass and 40% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、式(L-4.1)~(L-4.3)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-4.1) to (L-4.3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 液晶組成物は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物を含有してもよいし、式(L-4.2)で表される化合物を含有してもよいし、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との双方を含有してもよいし、式(L-4.1)~(L-4.3)で表される化合物の全てを含有してもよい。 The liquid crystal composition may contain a compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) depending on required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) may be contained, or the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) It may contain both the compound and the compounds represented by the formulas (L-4.1) to (L-4.3).
 液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-4.1)または式(L-4.2)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、9質量%、11質量%、12質量%、13質量%、18質量%、21質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、45質量%、40質量%、35質量%、30質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、8質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by formula (L-4.1) or formula (L-4.2) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 9% by mass, 11% by mass, 12% by mass, 13% by mass, 18% by mass, and 21% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass. % And 8% by mass.
 液晶組成物が式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との双方を含有する場合には、それらの液晶組成物中に含まれる合計量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、15質量%、19質量%、24質量%、30質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、45質量%、40質量%、35質量%、30質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 When the liquid crystal composition contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2), it is included in the liquid crystal composition. The total amount is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 15% by mass, 19% by mass, 24% by mass, and 30% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 また、一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、式(L-4.4)~(L-4.6)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-4.4) to (L-4.6), and the compound represented by the formula (L-4. More preferably, it is the compound represented by 4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 液晶組成物は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物を含有してもよく、式(L-4.5)で表される化合物を含有してもよく、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との双方を含有していてもよい。 The liquid crystal composition may contain a compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) depending on required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. Of course, the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) may be contained, and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) Both may be contained.
 液晶組成物中の式(L-4.4)または式(L-4.5)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、9質量%、11質量%、12質量%、13質量%、18質量%、21質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、45質量%、40質量%、35質量%、30質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、8質量%である。 The amount of the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) or formula (L-4.5) in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 9% by mass, 11% by mass, 12% by mass, 13% by mass, 18% by mass, and 21% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass. % And 8% by mass.
 液晶組成物が式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との双方を含有する場合には、これらの液晶組成物中に含まれる合計量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、15質量%、19質量%、24質量%、30質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、45質量%、40質量%、35質量%、30質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、13質量%である。 When the liquid crystal composition contains both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5), it is included in these liquid crystal compositions. The total amount is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 15% by mass, 19% by mass, 24% by mass, and 30% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass and 13% by mass.
 また、一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、式(L-4.7)~(L-4.10)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、特に、式(L-4.9)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-4.7) to (L-4.10), and particularly, the compound represented by the formula (L- It is preferably a compound represented by 4.9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 化合物 The compound represented by formula (L-5) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 式中、RL51およびRL52は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1およびRL2と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
 RL51は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 R L51 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
 RL52は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。 R L52 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-5)で表される化合物の量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜調整される。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) contained in the liquid crystal composition depends on the solubility at low temperature, the transition temperature, the electrical reliability, the birefringence, the process compatibility, the dripping mark, and the burn-in. , The dielectric anisotropy and the like are appropriately adjusted according to the required performance.
 その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%、14質量%、16質量%、20質量%、23質量%、26質量%、30質量%、35質量%、40質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、50質量%、40質量%、35質量%、30質量%、20質量%、15質量%、10質量%、5質量%である。 The preferred lower limit is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass and 40% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.1)又は式(L-5.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-5.1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably the compound represented by the formula (L-5.1) or the formula (L-5.2), and particularly, the compound represented by the formula (L- It is preferably a compound represented by 5.1).
 各化合物の液晶組成物中に含まれる量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、20質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、9質量%である。 The amount of each compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 また、一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.3)または式(L-5.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably the compound represented by the formula (L-5.3) or the formula (L-5.4).
 各化合物の液晶組成物中に含まれる量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、20質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、9質量%である。 The amount of each compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 また、一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.5)~(L-5.7)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、特に、式(L-5.7)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-5.5) to (L-5.7), and particularly, the compound represented by the formula (L- It is preferably a compound represented by 5.7).
 各化合物の液晶組成物中に含まれる量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1%質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、20質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、9質量%である。 The amount of each compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 式中、RL61およびRL62は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1およびRL2と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
 XL61およびXL62は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子またはフッ素原子を表す。 X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
 RL61およびRL62は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 R L61 and R L62 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
 XL61およびXL62のうちの一方がフッ素原子であり、他方が水素原子であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、1種類を単独で使用することも、2種類以上を併用することもできる。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-6)で表される化合物の量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%、14質量%、16質量%、20質量%、23質量%、26質量%、30質量%、35質量%、40質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、50質量%、40質量%、35質量%、30質量%、20質量%、15質量%、10質量%、5質量%である。なお、一般式(L-6)で表される化合物の量は、Δnを大きくすることに重点を置く場合には多くした方が好ましく、低温での析出に重点を置く場合には少ない方が好ましい。 量 The amount of the compound represented by formula (L-6) contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass. %, 30% by mass, 35% by mass, and 40% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass and 5% by mass. The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably increased when emphasis is placed on increasing Δn, and is smaller when emphasis is placed on precipitation at low temperature. preferable.
 さらに、一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-6.1)~(L-6.9)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-6.1) to (L-6.9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、式(L-6.1)~(L-6.9)で表される化合物の中から1~3種類選択することが好ましく、1~4種類選択することがより好ましい。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to select 1 to 3 types from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-6.1) to (L-6.9), and preferably 1 to 4 It is more preferable to select the type.
 また、併用する化合物の分子量分布が広いことも溶解性に有効であるため、例えば、式(L-6.1)および式(L-6.2)で表される化合物の中から1種類と、式(L-6.4)および式(L-6.5)で表される化合物の中から1種類と、式(L-6.6)および式(L-6.7)で表される化合物の中から1種類と、式(L-6.8)および式(L-6.9)で表される化合物の中から1種類とを選択し、これらを適宜組み合わせることが好ましい。 In addition, since the compound to be used in combination has a wide molecular weight distribution, which is effective for solubility, for example, one of the compounds represented by the formula (L-6.1) and the formula (L-6.2) is selected. , One of the compounds represented by formula (L-6.4) and formula (L-6.5), and one represented by formula (L-6.6) and formula (L-6.7) It is preferable to select one kind from the compounds represented by the formula (L-6.8) and the compound represented by the formula (L-6.9) and to combine them appropriately.
 中でも、式(L-6.1)、式(L-6.3)、式(L-6.4)、式(L-6.6)および式(L-6.9)で表される化合物を含むことが好ましい。 Among them, represented by formula (L-6.1), formula (L-6.3), formula (L-6.4), formula (L-6.6) and formula (L-6.9). It is preferable to include a compound.
 また、一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-6.10)~(L-6.17)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-6.11)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-6.10) to (L-6.17), and the compound represented by the formula (L-6. The compound represented by 11) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 各化合物の液晶組成物中に含まれる量は、次の通りであることが好ましい。すなわち、その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%である。一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%、15質量%、13質量%、10質量%、9質量%である。 The amount of each compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably as follows. That is, the preferable lower limit values are 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 20 mass%, 15 mass%, 13 mass%, 10 mass%, 9 mass%.
 一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、下記の化合物である。 化合物 The compound represented by formula (L-7) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 式中、RL71およびRL72は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1およびRL2と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
 AL71およびAL72は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるAL2およびAL3と同じ意味を表すが、AL71およびAL72中に存在する水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、フッ素原子で置換されもよい。 A L71 and A L72 each independently represent the same meaning as A L2 and A L3 in formula (L), but the hydrogen atoms present in A L71 and A L72 are each independently a fluorine atom. May be replaced with.
 ZL71は、一般式(L)におけるZL2と同じ意味を表す。 Z L71 has the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L).
 XL71およびXL72は、それぞれ独立して、フッ素原子または水素原子を表す。 X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.
 式中、RL71およびRL72は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基または炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。 In the formula, R L71 and R L72 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 AL71およびAL72は、それぞれ独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基または1,4-フェニレン基であることが好ましい。なお、AL71およびAL7中に存在する水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、フッ素原子で置換されてもよい。 A L71 and A L72 are preferably each independently a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group. The hydrogen atoms present in A L71 and A L7 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom.
 ZL71は、単結合またはCOO-であることが好ましく、単結合であることがより好ましい。 Z L71 is preferably a single bond or COO—, and more preferably a single bond.
 XL71およびXL72は、水素原子であることが好ましい。 X L71 and X L72 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 併用可能な化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜選択される。 The type of compound that can be used in combination is not particularly limited, but is appropriately selected according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
 使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態では、1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類である。 The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, and four types in one embodiment of the present invention.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-7)で表される化合物の量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて、適宜調整される。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) contained in the liquid crystal composition depends on the solubility at low temperature, the transition temperature, the electrical reliability, the birefringence, the process compatibility, the dripping mark, and the burn-in. , The dielectric anisotropy and the like are appropriately adjusted according to the required performance.
 その好ましい下限値は、1質量%、2質量%、3質量%、5質量%、7質量%、10質量%、14質量%、16質量%、20質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、30質量%、25質量%、23質量%、20質量%、18質量%、15質量%、10質量%、5質量%である。 好 ま し い The preferable lower limit is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, and 20% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass and 5% by mass.
 なお、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物の量は、Tniの高い液晶組成物が求められる場合には多めにすることが好ましく、低粘度の液晶組成物が求められる場合には少なめにすることが好ましい。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably large when a liquid crystal composition having a high Tni is required and is small when a liquid crystal composition having a low viscosity is required. Is preferred.
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.1)~(L-7.4)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-7.2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.1) to (L-7.4), and the compound represented by the formula (L-7. More preferably, it is the compound represented by 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 また、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.11)~(L-7.13)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-7.11)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.11) to (L-7.13), and the compound represented by the formula (L-7. It is preferably a compound represented by 11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 また、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.21)~(L-7.23)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-7.21)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.21) to (L-7.23), and the compound represented by the formula (L-7. The compound represented by 21) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 また、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.31)~(L-7.34)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-7.31)および/または式(L-7.32)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.31) to (L-7.34), and the compound represented by the formula (L-7. 31) and / or a compound represented by the formula (L-7.32) are more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 また、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.41)~(L-7.44)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましく、式(L-7.41)および/または式(L-7.42)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.41) to (L-7.44), and the compound represented by the formula (L-7. 41) and / or the compound represented by the formula (L-7.42) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 また、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.51)~(L-7.53)で表される化合物から選ばれることが好ましい。 Also, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably selected from the compounds represented by the formulas (L-7.51) to (L-7.53).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 以上のような液晶組成物は、分子内に過酸(-CO-OO-)構造等の酸素原子同士が結合した構造を有する化合物を含有しないことが好ましい。 The liquid crystal composition as described above preferably does not contain a compound having a structure in which oxygen atoms are bonded to each other such as a peracid (—CO—OO—) structure in the molecule.
 なお、液晶組成物の信頼性および長期安定性を重視する場合には、カルボニル基を有する化合物の液晶組成物中に含まれる量を、5質量%以下とすることが好ましく、3質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、1質量%以下とすることがさらに好ましく、実質的に0(ゼロ)質量%とすることが最も好ましい。 When the reliability and long-term stability of the liquid crystal composition are emphasized, the amount of the compound having a carbonyl group contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less. Is more preferable, it is more preferable to be 1 mass% or less, and it is most preferable to be substantially 0 (zero) mass%.
 UV照射による安定性を重視する場合には、塩素原子が置換している化合物の液晶組成物中の量を、15質量%以下とすることが好ましく、10質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、8質量%以下とすることがさらに好ましく、5質量%以下とすることがさらに好ましく、3質量%以下とすることが特に好ましく、実質的に0(ゼロ)質量%とすることが最も好ましい。 When importance is attached to stability by UV irradiation, the amount of the compound substituted with chlorine atom in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, It is more preferably 8% by mass or less, further preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or less, and most preferably substantially 0 (zero)% by mass.
 また、分子内の環構造がすべて6員環である化合物の液晶組成物中に含まれる量を多くすることが好ましく、具体的には80質量%以上とすることが好ましく、90質量%以上とすることがより好ましく、95質量%以上とすることがさらに好ましく、実質的に100質量%とすることが最も好ましい。 Further, it is preferable to increase the amount of the compound having a 6-membered ring structure in the molecule contained in the liquid crystal composition, specifically, 80% by mass or more, and 90% by mass or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 95 mass% or more, and most preferably substantially 100 mass%.
 液晶組成物の酸化による劣化を防止または抑制するためには、環構造としてシクロヘキセン環を有する化合物の液晶組成物中に含まれる量を少なくすることが好ましく、具体的には10質量%以下とすることが好ましく、8質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、5質量%以下とすることがさらに好ましく、3質量%以下とすることが特に好ましく、実質的に0(ゼロ)質量%とすることが最も好ましい。 In order to prevent or suppress the deterioration of the liquid crystal composition due to oxidation, it is preferable to reduce the amount of the compound having a cyclohexene ring as a ring structure contained in the liquid crystal composition, specifically, 10% by mass or less. It is preferably 8% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or less, and substantially 0 (zero)% by mass. Most preferred.
 さらに、液晶組成物の酸化による劣化を防止または抑制するためには、連結基として-CH=CH-を有する化合物の液晶組成物中に含まれる量を少なくすることが好ましく、具体的には10質量%以下とすることが好ましく、5質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、実質的に0(ゼロ)質量%とすることがさらに好ましい。 Further, in order to prevent or suppress the deterioration of the liquid crystal composition due to oxidation, it is preferable to reduce the amount of the compound having —CH═CH— as a linking group contained in the liquid crystal composition. It is preferably not more than 5% by mass, more preferably not more than 5% by mass, and further preferably substantially 0 (zero)% by mass.
 液晶組成物の粘度(η)を改善し、かつネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(Tni)を改善することを重視する場合には、水素原子がハロゲン原子で置換されてもよい2-メチルベンゼン-1,4-ジイル基を分子内に有する化合物の液晶組成物中に含まれる量を少なくすることが好ましく、具体的には10質量%以下とすることが好ましく、5質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、実質的に0(ゼロ)質量%とすることがさらに好ましい。 When it is important to improve the viscosity (η) of the liquid crystal composition and the nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni), a hydrogen atom may be replaced by a halogen atom. It is preferable to reduce the amount of the compound having a methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule contained in the liquid crystal composition. Specifically, it is preferably 10% by mass or less, and 5% by mass or less. Is more preferable, and it is further preferable that the content is substantially 0 (zero) mass%.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる化合物(液晶分子等)が、側鎖としてアルケニル基が結合したシクロヘキシレン基を有する場合には、アルケニル基の炭素原子数は、2~5であることが好ましい。また、液晶組成物中に含まれる化合物が、側鎖としてアルケニル基が結合したフェニレン基を有する場合には、アルケニル基の炭素原子数は、4~5であることが好ましく、アルケニル基が有する不飽和結合とフェニレン基とは直接結合していないことが好ましい。 When the compound (liquid crystal molecule or the like) contained in the liquid crystal composition has a cyclohexylene group having an alkenyl group bonded as a side chain, the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 5 carbon atoms. When the compound contained in the liquid crystal composition has a phenylene group to which an alkenyl group is bonded as a side chain, the alkenyl group preferably has 4 to 5 carbon atoms, and the alkenyl group does not have a carbon atom. It is preferable that the saturated bond and the phenylene group are not directly bonded.
 また、液晶組成物の安定性を重視する場合には、側鎖としてアルケニル基を有し、かつ2,3-ジフルオロベンゼン-1,4-ジイル基を有する化合物の液晶組成物中に含まれる量を少なくすることが好ましく、具体的には10質量%以下とすることが好ましく、5質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、実質的に0(ゼロ)質量%とすることがさらに好ましい。 Further, when importance is attached to the stability of the liquid crystal composition, the amount of the compound having an alkenyl group as a side chain and having a 2,3-difluorobenzene-1,4-diyl group in the liquid crystal composition Is preferably less than 10% by mass, more preferably not more than 5% by mass, even more preferably substantially 0 (zero)% by mass.
 液晶組成物の平均弾性定数(KAVG)は、好ましくは10~25である。ただし、その好ましい下限値は、10、10.5、11、11.5、12、12.3、12.5、12.8、13、13.3、13.5、13.8、14、14.3、14.5、14.8、15、15.3、15.5、15.8、16、16.3、16.5、16.8、17、17.3、17.5、17.8、18である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、25、24.5、24、23.5、23、22.8、22.5、22.3、22、21.8、21.5、21.3、21、20.8、20.5、20.3、20、19.8、19.5、19.3、19、18.8、18.5、18.3、18、17.8、17.5、17.3、17である。 The average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 10 to 25. However, the preferable lower limit value is 10, 10.5, 11, 11.5, 12, 12.3, 12.5, 12.8, 13, 13.3, 13.5, 13.8, 14, 14.3, 14.5, 14.8, 15, 15.3, 15.5, 15.8, 16, 16.3, 16.5, 16.8, 17, 17.3, 17.5, 17.8 and 18. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 25, 24.5, 24, 23.5, 23, 22.8, 22.5, 22.3, 22, 21.8, 21.5, 21.3, 21, 20.8, 20.5, 20.3, 20, 19.8, 19.5, 19.3, 19, 18.8, 18.5, 18.3, 18, 17.8, 17.5, 17.3 and 17.
 消費電力削減を重視する場合には、バックライトの光量を抑えることが有効であるので、液晶表示素子1の光の透過率を向上させることが好ましい。そのため、KAVGの値を低めに設定することが好ましい。応答速度の改善を重視する場合には、KAVGの値を高めに設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to reduction of power consumption, it is effective to suppress the light amount of the backlight, and therefore it is preferable to improve the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display element 1. Therefore, it is preferable to set the value of K AVG low. When emphasis is placed on improving the response speed, it is preferable to set a high value of K AVG .
 液晶組成物の25℃における屈折率異方性(Δn)(以下、単に「屈折率異方性」とも言う。)の値は、0.08~0.13程度であることが好ましく、0.09~0.12程度であることがより好ましい。 The value of the refractive index anisotropy (Δn) (hereinafter, simply referred to as “refractive index anisotropy”) at 25 ° C. of the liquid crystal composition is preferably about 0.08 to 0.13, and a value of 0. It is more preferably about 09 to 0.12.
 液晶組成物の25℃における回転粘度(γ1)(以下、単に「回転粘度」とも言う。)は、165mPa・s未満が好ましく、80~145mPa・s程度がより好ましく、90~130mPa・s程度がさらに好ましい。かかる回転粘度を有する液晶組成物を用いることにより、液晶層4(液晶表示素子1)の応答速度が低下することを防止することができる。 The rotational viscosity (γ1) of the liquid crystal composition at 25 ° C. (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “rotational viscosity”) is preferably less than 165 mPa · s, more preferably about 80 to 145 mPa · s, and more preferably about 90 to 130 mPa · s. More preferable. By using the liquid crystal composition having such a rotational viscosity, it is possible to prevent the response speed of the liquid crystal layer 4 (liquid crystal display element 1) from decreasing.
 また、液晶組成物では、回転粘度と屈折率異方性の値との関数であるZが特定の値を示すことが好ましい。 Further, in the liquid crystal composition, it is preferable that Z, which is a function of the rotational viscosity and the value of refractive index anisotropy, shows a specific value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000074
 式中、γ1は、回転粘度を表し、Δnは、屈折率異方性を表す。 In the formula, γ1 represents rotational viscosity and Δn represents refractive index anisotropy.
 Zは、13,000mPa・s以下であることが好ましく、12,000mPa・s以下であることがより好ましく、11,000mPa・s以下であることがさらに好ましい。 Z is preferably 13,000 mPa · s or less, more preferably 12,000 mPa · s or less, and further preferably 11,000 mPa · s or less.
 液晶組成物のネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(Tni)は、60℃以上であることが好ましく、75℃以上であることがより好ましく、80℃以上であることがさらに好ましい。かかるTniを有する液晶組成物を用いることにより、実使用される温度範囲で安定した駆動が可能な液晶層4(液晶表示素子1)を得ることができる。 The nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni) of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 60 ° C. or higher, more preferably 75 ° C. or higher, and further preferably 80 ° C. or higher. By using the liquid crystal composition having such Tni, it is possible to obtain the liquid crystal layer 4 (liquid crystal display element 1) which can be stably driven in the temperature range in which it is actually used.
 液晶組成物の比抵抗は、1012Ω・m以上であることが好ましく、1013Ω・m以上であることがより好ましく、1014Ω・m以上であることがさらに好ましい。 The specific resistance of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 10 12 Ω · m or more, more preferably 10 13 Ω · m or more, and further preferably 10 14 Ω · m or more.
 液晶組成物の25℃における誘電率異方性(Δε)の絶対値は、2.5~5程度であることが好ましく、2.6~4.5程度であることがより好ましく、2.7~4程度であることがさらに好ましく、2.8~3.5程度であることがさらに好ましい。かかる誘電率異方性を有する液晶組成物を用いることにより、液晶層4(液晶表示素子1)をより低電圧で駆動することができるようになる。 The absolute value of the dielectric anisotropy (Δε) at 25 ° C. of the liquid crystal composition is preferably about 2.5 to 5, more preferably about 2.6 to 4.5, and 2.7. It is more preferably about 4 to about 4, more preferably about 2.8 to 3.5. By using the liquid crystal composition having such a dielectric anisotropy, the liquid crystal layer 4 (liquid crystal display element 1) can be driven at a lower voltage.
 なお、以上説明した液晶組成物は、上記の液晶分子以外に、用途に応じて、通常のネマチック液晶、スメクチック液晶、コレステリック液晶、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤等のような他の化合物(分子)を含有してもよい。 The liquid crystal composition described above is, in addition to the above liquid crystal molecules, other compounds (molecules) such as ordinary nematic liquid crystals, smectic liquid crystals, cholesteric liquid crystals, antioxidants, and ultraviolet absorbers depending on the application. May be included.
 ただし、液晶組成物の化学的な安定性が求められる場合には、他の化合物は、その構造中に塩素原子を有さないことが好ましい。また、液晶組成物の紫外線等の光に対する安定性が求められる場合には、他の化合物は、その構造中にナフタレン環等に代表される共役長が長く紫外領域に吸収ピークを有する縮合環等を有さないことが好ましい。 However, when the chemical stability of the liquid crystal composition is required, it is preferable that the other compound does not have a chlorine atom in its structure. Further, when stability of the liquid crystal composition against light such as ultraviolet rays is required, other compounds include a condensed ring having a long conjugation length represented by a naphthalene ring or the like in its structure and an absorption peak in the ultraviolet region. It is preferable not to have.
 (液晶表示素子)
 次に、以上のような液晶組成物から形成される液晶層を備える液晶表示素子について説明する。
(Liquid crystal display device)
Next, a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal layer formed of the above liquid crystal composition will be described.
 図1は、液晶表示素子の一実施形態に模式的に示す分解斜視図、図2は、図1におけるI線で囲まれた領域を拡大した平面図である。 FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view schematically showing an embodiment of a liquid crystal display device, and FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by I line in FIG.
 なお、図1および図2では、便宜上、各部の寸法およびそれらの比率を誇張して示し、実際とは異なる場合がある。また、以下に示す材料、寸法等は一例であって、本発明は、それらに限定されず、その要旨を変更しない範囲で適宜変更することが可能である。 Note that, for convenience, in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the dimensions and ratios of the respective parts are exaggerated and may be different from the actual ones. Further, the materials, dimensions, and the like shown below are examples, and the present invention is not limited to them, and can be appropriately changed within the scope of the invention.
 図1に示す液晶表示素子1は、対向するように配置されたアクティブマトリクス基板AMおよびカラーフィルタ基板CFと、アクティブマトリクス基板AMとカラーフィルタ基板CFとの間に挟持された液晶層4とを備えている。 The liquid crystal display element 1 shown in FIG. 1 includes an active matrix substrate AM and a color filter substrate CF arranged to face each other, and a liquid crystal layer 4 sandwiched between the active matrix substrate AM and the color filter substrate CF. ing.
 アクティブマトリクス基板AMは、第1の基板2と、第1の基板2の液晶層4側の面に設けられた画素電極層5と、第1の基板2の液晶層4と反対側の面に設けられた第1の偏光板7とを有している。 The active matrix substrate AM includes the first substrate 2, the pixel electrode layer 5 provided on the surface of the first substrate 2 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side, and the surface of the first substrate 2 on the opposite side of the liquid crystal layer 4. It has the 1st polarizing plate 7 provided.
 一方、カラーフィルタ基板CFは、第2の基板3と、第2の基板3の液晶層4側に設けられた共通電極層6と、第2の基板3の液晶層4と反対側の面に設けられた第2の偏光板8と、第2の基板3と共通電極層6との間に設けられたカラーフィルタ9とを有している。 On the other hand, the color filter substrate CF is formed on the second substrate 3, the common electrode layer 6 provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the second substrate 3, and the surface of the second substrate 3 opposite to the liquid crystal layer 4. It has a second polarizing plate 8 provided and a color filter 9 provided between the second substrate 3 and the common electrode layer 6.
 すなわち、本実施形態に係る液晶表示素子1は、第1の偏光板7と、第1の基板2と、画素電極層5と、液晶層4と、共通電極層6と、カラーフィルタ9と、第2の基板3と、第2の偏光板8と、がこの順で積層された構成を有している。 That is, the liquid crystal display element 1 according to the present embodiment includes the first polarizing plate 7, the first substrate 2, the pixel electrode layer 5, the liquid crystal layer 4, the common electrode layer 6, and the color filter 9. The second substrate 3 and the second polarizing plate 8 are laminated in this order.
 第1の基板2および第2の基板3は、それぞれ、例えばガラス材料、またはプラスチック材料のような柔軟性(可撓性)を有する材料で形成されている。 The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are each formed of a material having flexibility such as a glass material or a plastic material.
 第1の基板2および第2の基板3は、双方が透光性を有していても、一方のみが透光性を有していてもよい。後者の場合は、他方の基板は、例えば金属材料、シリコン材料のような不透明な材料で構成することができる。 Both the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may have a light-transmitting property, or only one of them may have a light-transmitting property. In the latter case, the other substrate may be composed of an opaque material such as a metallic material or a silicon material.
 画素電極層5は、図2に示すように、走査信号を供給するための複数のゲートバスライン11と、表示信号を供給するための複数のデータバスライン12と、複数の画素電極13とを有している。なお、図2には、一対のゲートバスライン11、11および一対のデータバスライン12、12が示されている。 As shown in FIG. 2, the pixel electrode layer 5 includes a plurality of gate bus lines 11 for supplying a scanning signal, a plurality of data bus lines 12 for supplying a display signal, and a plurality of pixel electrodes 13. Have It should be noted that FIG. 2 shows a pair of gate bus lines 11 and 11 and a pair of data bus lines 12 and 12.
 複数のゲートバスライン11と複数のデータバスライン12とは、互いに交差してマトリクス状に配置され、これらで囲まれた領域により、液晶表示素子1の単位画素が形成されている。各単位画素内には、1つの画素電極13が形成されている。 The plurality of gate bus lines 11 and the plurality of data bus lines 12 are arranged in a matrix so as to intersect with each other, and the unit pixel of the liquid crystal display element 1 is formed by the region surrounded by these. One pixel electrode 13 is formed in each unit pixel.
 画素電極13は、互いに直交して十字形状をなす2つの幹部と、各幹部から分岐し、外方に向かって延在する複数の枝部とを備える構造(いわゆるフィッシュボーン構造)を有している。 The pixel electrode 13 has a structure (so-called fishbone structure) including two trunk portions that are orthogonal to each other and have a cross shape, and a plurality of branch portions that branch from each trunk portion and extend outward. There is.
 一対のゲートバスライン11、11の間には、ゲートバスライン11とほぼ平行にCs電極14が設けられている。また、ゲートバスライン11とデータバスライン12とが互いに交差する交差部近傍には、ソース電極15およびドレイン電極16を含む薄膜トランジスタが設けられている。ドレイン電極16には、コンタクトホール17が設けられている。 A Cs electrode 14 is provided between the pair of gate bus lines 11, 11 substantially parallel to the gate bus line 11. Further, a thin film transistor including a source electrode 15 and a drain electrode 16 is provided in the vicinity of an intersection where the gate bus line 11 and the data bus line 12 intersect each other. A contact hole 17 is provided in the drain electrode 16.
 ゲートバスライン11およびデータバスライン12は、それぞれ、例えばAl、Cu、Au、Ag、Cr、Ta、Ti、Mo、W、Niまたはこれらを含有する合金で形成することが好ましく、Mo、Alまたはこれらを含有する合金で形成することがより好ましい。 The gate bus line 11 and the data bus line 12 are preferably formed of, for example, Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni or an alloy containing these, and Mo, Al or It is more preferable to form an alloy containing these.
 画素電極13は、例えば、光の透過率を向上させるために透明電極で構成されている。透明電極は、ZnO、InGaZnO、SiGe、GaAs、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide)、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide)、SnO、TiO、AZTO(AlZnSnO)のような化合物をスパッタリング等することにより形成される。 The pixel electrode 13 is composed of, for example, a transparent electrode in order to improve the light transmittance. The transparent electrode is formed by sputtering a compound such as ZnO, InGaZnO, SiGe, GaAs, IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), SnO, TiO, and AZTO (AlZnSnO).
 透明電極の平均厚さは、10~200nm程度であることが好ましい。また、電気的抵抗を低減するために、アモルファスのITO膜を焼成することにより多結晶のITO膜として透明電極を形成することもできる。 The average thickness of the transparent electrode is preferably about 10 to 200 nm. Further, in order to reduce the electric resistance, a transparent electrode can be formed as a polycrystalline ITO film by baking an amorphous ITO film.
 一方、共通電極層6は、例えば、併設された複数のストライプ状の共通電極(透明電極)を有している。この共通電極も、画素電極13と同様に形成することができる。 On the other hand, the common electrode layer 6 has, for example, a plurality of striped common electrodes (transparent electrodes) that are provided side by side. This common electrode can also be formed similarly to the pixel electrode 13.
 カラーフィルタ9は、例えば、顔料分散法、印刷法、電着法または染色法等によって作成することができる。 The color filter 9 can be formed by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, a dyeing method, or the like.
 顔料分散法では、カラーフィルタ用の硬化性着色組成物を、第2の基板3上に所定のパターンとなるように供給した後、加熱または光照射することにより硬化させる。この操作を、赤、緑、青の3色について行うことにより、カラーフィルタ9を得ることができる。 In the pigment dispersion method, a curable coloring composition for a color filter is supplied on the second substrate 3 in a predetermined pattern, and then cured by heating or light irradiation. The color filter 9 can be obtained by performing this operation for three colors of red, green, and blue.
 なお、カラーフィルタ9は、第1の基板2側に配置してもよい。 Note that the color filter 9 may be arranged on the first substrate 2 side.
 また、液晶表示素子1は、光の漏れを防止する観点から、ブラックマトリクス(図示せず)を設けるようにしてもよい。このブラックマトリクスは、薄膜トランジスタに対応する部分に形成することが好ましい。 Further, the liquid crystal display element 1 may be provided with a black matrix (not shown) from the viewpoint of preventing light leakage. This black matrix is preferably formed in a portion corresponding to the thin film transistor.
 なお、ブラックマトリクスは、第2の基板3側にカラーフィルタ9とともに配置してもよく、第1の基板2側にカラーフィルタ9とともに配置してもよく、ブラックマトリクスを第1の基板2側にカラーフィルタ9を第2の基板3側にそれぞれ個別に配置してもよい。また、ブラックマトリクスは、カラーフィルタ9の各色を重ね合わせ、透過率を低下させた部分で構成することもできる。 The black matrix may be arranged on the second substrate 3 side together with the color filter 9, or may be arranged on the first substrate 2 side together with the color filter 9, and the black matrix may be arranged on the first substrate 2 side. The color filters 9 may be individually arranged on the second substrate 3 side. Further, the black matrix may be formed by a portion in which the respective colors of the color filter 9 are overlapped and the transmittance is reduced.
 アクティブマトリックス基板AMとカラーフィルタ基板CFとは、それらの周縁領域において、エポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等で構成されるシール材(封止材)によって互いに貼り合わされている。 The active matrix substrate AM and the color filter substrate CF are attached to each other in their peripheral regions by a sealing material (sealing material) composed of an epoxy thermosetting composition or the like.
 なお、アクティブマトリックス基板AMとカラーフィルタ基板CFとの間には、それらの離間距離を保持するスペーサを配置してもよい。スペーサとしては、例えばガラス粒子、プラスチック粒子、アルミナ粒子のような粒状スペーサ、フォトリソグラフィー法により形成された樹脂製のスペーサ柱等が挙げられる。 Note that a spacer may be arranged between the active matrix substrate AM and the color filter substrate CF so as to maintain a distance therebetween. Examples of the spacer include granular spacers such as glass particles, plastic particles, and alumina particles, resin spacer columns formed by a photolithography method, and the like.
 アクティブマトリックス基板AMとカラーフィルタ基板CFとの平均離間距離(すなわち、液晶層4の平均厚さ)は、1~100μm程度であることが好ましい。 The average distance between the active matrix substrate AM and the color filter substrate CF (that is, the average thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4) is preferably about 1 to 100 μm.
 第1の偏光板7および第2の偏光板8は、それらの透過軸の位置関係を調整することにより、視野角やコントラストが良好になるように設計することができる。具体的には、第1の偏光板7および第2の偏光板8は、それらの透過軸がノーマリブラックモードで作動するように、互いに直交するように配置することが好ましい。特に、第1の偏光板7および第2の偏光板8のうちのいずれか一方は、その透過軸が電圧無印加時の液晶分子の配向方向と平行となるように配置されることが好ましい。 The first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 can be designed to have a good viewing angle and good contrast by adjusting the positional relationship of their transmission axes. Specifically, the first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 are preferably arranged so that their transmission axes are orthogonal to each other so as to operate in the normally black mode. In particular, it is preferable that one of the first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 is arranged such that the transmission axis thereof is parallel to the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied.
 また、第1の偏光板7および第2の偏光板8を使用する場合は、コントラストが最大になるように液晶層4の屈折率異方性(Δn)と液晶層4の平均厚さとの積を調整することが好ましい。さらに、液晶表示素子1は、視野角を広げるための位相差フィルムを備えてもよい。 When the first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 are used, the product of the refractive index anisotropy (Δn) of the liquid crystal layer 4 and the average thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 so that the contrast becomes maximum. Is preferably adjusted. Furthermore, the liquid crystal display element 1 may include a retardation film for widening the viewing angle.
 なお、液晶表示素子1では、アクティブマトリックス基板AMおよびカラーフィルタ基板CFのうちの少なくとも一方の液晶層4側に、液晶層4に接触するようにして、ポリイミド配向膜等の配向膜を設けることができる。 In the liquid crystal display element 1, an alignment film such as a polyimide alignment film is provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of at least one of the active matrix substrate AM and the color filter substrate CF so as to be in contact with the liquid crystal layer 4. it can.
 (液晶表示素子の製造方法)
 次に、このような液晶表示素子1を製造する方法について説明する。
(Method of manufacturing liquid crystal display element)
Next, a method of manufacturing such a liquid crystal display element 1 will be described.
 本実施形態の液晶表示素子の製造方法は、基板および液晶組成物を準備する準備工程[1]と、液晶表示素子1を組み立てる組立工程[2]と、重合性モノマA、Bを重合させる重合工程[3]と、シール材を硬化させる硬化工程[4]とを有している。 The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment is performed by a preparation step [1] for preparing a substrate and a liquid crystal composition, an assembly step [2] for assembling the liquid crystal display element 1, and a polymerization for polymerizing the polymerizable monomers A and B. It has a process [3] and a curing process [4] for curing the sealing material.
 [1] 準備工程
 まず、アクティブマトリックス基板AMと、カラーフィルタ基板CFと、前述したような液晶組成物とを用意する。
[1] Preparation Step First, the active matrix substrate AM, the color filter substrate CF, and the liquid crystal composition as described above are prepared.
 [2] 組立工程
 次に、アクティブマトリクス基板AMおよびカラーフィルタ基板CFの少なくとも一方の縁部に沿って、ディスペンサーを用いてシール材を閉ループ土手状に描画する。
[2] Assembly Step Next, the seal material is drawn in a closed-loop bank shape using a dispenser along at least one edge of the active matrix substrate AM and the color filter substrate CF.
 その後、所定量の液晶組成物をシール材の内側に滴下した後、減圧下に液晶組成物に接触するように、アクティブマトリクス基板AMとカラーフィルタ基板CFとを対向させて配置する。 After that, after dropping a predetermined amount of the liquid crystal composition inside the sealing material, the active matrix substrate AM and the color filter substrate CF are arranged to face each other so as to contact the liquid crystal composition under reduced pressure.
 このような滴下注入(ODF:One Drop Fill)法では、液晶表示素子1のサイズに応じて最適な注入量を滴下する必要がある。前述したような液晶組成物は、例えば、滴下時に生じる滴下装置内の急激な圧力変化や衝撃に対する影響が少なく、長時間にわたって安定的に滴下し続けることが可能である。このため、液晶表示素子1の歩留まりを高く維持することができる。 In such a drop injection (ODF: One Drop Fill) method, it is necessary to add an optimum injection amount according to the size of the liquid crystal display element 1. The liquid crystal composition as described above has little influence on, for example, a sudden change in pressure or impact in a dropping device generated at the time of dropping, and can be stably dropped for a long time. Therefore, the yield of the liquid crystal display element 1 can be maintained high.
 特に、スマートフォンに多用される小型の液晶表示素子は、液晶組成物の最適な注入量が少ないため、そのズレ量を一定範囲内に制御すること自体が難しい。しかしながら、前述したような液晶組成物を用いることにより、小型の液晶表示素子においても安定かつ最適な注入量を正確に滴下することができる。 Especially, small liquid crystal display elements frequently used in smartphones have a small optimal injection amount of the liquid crystal composition, and thus it is difficult to control the deviation amount within a certain range. However, by using the liquid crystal composition as described above, a stable and optimum injection amount can be accurately dropped even in a small liquid crystal display element.
 また、ODF法によれば、液晶組成物を基板に滴下した際の滴下痕の発生を抑えることができる。なお、滴下痕とは、黒表示した場合に液晶組成物を滴下した痕が白く浮かび上がる現象である。 Further, according to the ODF method, it is possible to suppress the generation of drop marks when the liquid crystal composition is dropped on the substrate. It should be noted that the drop mark is a phenomenon in which the mark on which the liquid crystal composition is dropped appears white when black is displayed.
 [3] 重合工程
 次に、紫外線、電子線のような活性エネルギー線を液晶組成物に対して照射することにより、重合性モノマA、Bを重合させる。
[3] Polymerization Step Next, the polymerizable monomers A and B are polymerized by irradiating the liquid crystal composition with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and electron rays.
 これにより、液晶層4の界面に液晶配向を制御するポリマ層が形成され、液晶表示素子1が得られる。 Thereby, a polymer layer for controlling the liquid crystal alignment is formed at the interface of the liquid crystal layer 4, and the liquid crystal display element 1 is obtained.
 液晶分子に対して十分なプレチルト角を付与するためには、適度な重合速度が望ましい。このため、重合の際には、活性エネルギー線を単一、併用または順番に照射することが好ましい。紫外線を使用する場合は、偏光光源を用いてもよいし、非偏光光源を用いてもよい。 ▽ In order to give a sufficient pretilt angle to liquid crystal molecules, an appropriate polymerization rate is desirable. Therefore, during the polymerization, it is preferable to irradiate the active energy rays singly, in combination, or sequentially. When ultraviolet rays are used, a polarized light source or a non-polarized light source may be used.
 なお、本実施形態のように、液晶組成物に接触させるように、2つの基板を対向させた状態で重合を行う場合は、少なくとも照射面側に位置する基板は、活性エネルギー線に対して適当な透過性を有する必要がある。 When the polymerization is performed in a state where the two substrates face each other so as to be in contact with the liquid crystal composition as in the present embodiment, at least the substrate located on the irradiation surface side is appropriate for the active energy ray. It is necessary to have high permeability.
 また、重合は次のように複数段階で行ってもよい。具体的には、まず、電場、磁場または温度等の条件を調整し、液晶分子の配向状態を変化させる。この状態で、活性エネルギー線を液晶組成物に照射して、重合性モノマAおよび重合性モノマBを重合させる。次に、電場または磁場を与えることなく、活性化エネルギー線を液晶組成物に照射して、残存する重合性モノマAおよび重合性モノマBを重合させる。 Also, polymerization may be carried out in multiple stages as follows. Specifically, first, conditions such as an electric field, a magnetic field, or temperature are adjusted to change the alignment state of liquid crystal molecules. In this state, the active energy ray is irradiated to the liquid crystal composition to polymerize the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B. Next, the liquid crystal composition is irradiated with an activation energy ray without applying an electric field or a magnetic field to polymerize the remaining polymerizable monomers A and B.
 特に、紫外線を使用する場合は、液晶組成物に対して交流電界を印加しつつ、紫外線を照射することが好ましい。 In particular, when using ultraviolet rays, it is preferable to irradiate the ultraviolet rays while applying an alternating electric field to the liquid crystal composition.
 印加する交流の周波数は、10Hz~10kHz程度であることが好ましく、60Hz~10kHz程度であることがより好ましい。 The frequency of the applied alternating current is preferably about 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably about 60 Hz to 10 kHz.
 印加する交流の電圧は、液晶表示素子1の所望のプレチルト角に依存して選ばれる。つまり、印加する交流の電圧を調整することにより、液晶表示素子1のプレチルト角を制御することができる。 The AC voltage to be applied is selected depending on the desired pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element 1. That is, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element 1 can be controlled by adjusting the applied alternating voltage.
 紫外線を照射する際の温度は、液晶組成物の液晶状態が保持される温度範囲内であることが好ましい。具体的な温度は、室温に近い温度、すなわち、典型的には15~35℃程度であることが好ましい。 The temperature when irradiating with ultraviolet rays is preferably within a temperature range in which the liquid crystal state of the liquid crystal composition is maintained. The specific temperature is preferably close to room temperature, that is, typically about 15 to 35 ° C.
 紫外線を発生させるランプとしては、メタルハライドランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプ、蛍光管等を用いることができる。 As a lamp for generating ultraviolet rays, a metal halide lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultra high pressure mercury lamp, a fluorescent tube, etc. can be used.
 また、照射する紫外線は、液晶組成物の吸収波長域でない波長を有する紫外線であることが好ましく、必要に応じて所定の波長をカットして使用することがより好ましい。 Further, the ultraviolet ray to be irradiated is preferably an ultraviolet ray having a wavelength not in the absorption wavelength range of the liquid crystal composition, and it is more preferable to use by cutting a predetermined wavelength if necessary.
 照射する紫外線の強度は、0.1mW/cm~100W/cm程度であることが好ましく、2mW/cm~50W/cm程度であることがより好ましい。なお、強度を変化させつつ、紫外線を照射するようにしてもよい。 The intensity of the ultraviolet rays to be applied is preferably about 0.1 mW / cm 2 to 100 W / cm 2 , and more preferably about 2 mW / cm 2 to 50 W / cm 2 . In addition, you may make it irradiate an ultraviolet-ray, changing intensity | strength.
 照射する紫外線のエネルギー量は、適宜調整することができるが、10mJ/cm~500J/cm程度であることが好ましく、100mJ/cm~200J/cm程度であることがより好ましい。 The amount of energy of the ultraviolet rays to be irradiated can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably about 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2 , and more preferably about 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2 .
 また、紫外線を照射する時間は、その強度により適宜選択されるが、10~3600秒程度であることが好ましく、10~600秒程度であることがより好ましい。 The time for irradiating the ultraviolet rays is appropriately selected depending on the intensity thereof, but is preferably about 10 to 3600 seconds, more preferably about 10 to 600 seconds.
 なお、[2]組立工程では、滴下注入(ODF)法に代えて、真空注入法を用いるようにしてもよい。例えば、真空注入法では、まず、アクティブマトリクス基板AMおよびカラーフィルタ基板CFの少なくとも一方の縁部に沿って、注入口を残すようにしてシール材をスクリーン印刷する。その後、2つの基板AM、CFを貼り合わせ、加熱によりシール材を熱硬化させる。次に、液晶組成物を真空下で注入口を介して、2つの基板AM、CFの間のシール材で区画された空間内に注入した後、注入口を封止する。その後、[3]重合工程に移行する。 [2] In the assembly process, a vacuum injection method may be used instead of the drop injection (ODF) method. For example, in the vacuum injection method, first, a seal material is screen-printed along at least one edge of the active matrix substrate AM and the color filter substrate CF so as to leave an injection port. Thereafter, the two substrates AM and CF are attached to each other, and the sealing material is thermally cured by heating. Next, the liquid crystal composition is injected under vacuum through the injection port into the space defined by the sealing material between the two substrates AM and CF, and then the injection port is sealed. Then, the process proceeds to [3] polymerization step.
 このようにして得られた液晶表示素子1は、PSA型、PSVA型、VA型、IPS型、FFS型またはECB型の液晶表示素子であることが好ましく、PSA型の液晶表示素子であることがより好ましい。 The liquid crystal display element 1 thus obtained is preferably a PSA type, PSVA type, VA type, IPS type, FFS type or ECB type liquid crystal display element, and more preferably a PSA type liquid crystal display element. More preferable.
 以上、本発明の液晶組成物および液晶表示素子を図示の実施形態に基づいて説明したが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではなく、各構成は、同様の機能を有する任意の構成に置換してもよく、他の任意の構成が付加されていてもよい。 Although the liquid crystal composition and the liquid crystal display element of the present invention have been described above based on the illustrated embodiments, the present invention is not limited thereto, and each configuration is replaced with any configuration having a similar function. Alternatively, any other configuration may be added.
 以下、本発明の実施例について説明するが、本発明は、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, examples of the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
 液晶組成物について測定した特性は、次の通りである。 The characteristics measured for the liquid crystal composition are as follows.
 Tni :ネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(℃)
 Δn  :293Kにおける屈折率異方性
 Δε  :293Kにおける誘電率異方性
 γ1  :293Kにおける回転粘度(mPa・s)
 K11 :293Kにおける広がりの弾性定数(pN)
 K33 :293Kにおける曲がりの弾性定数(pN)
Tni: Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C)
Δn: Refractive index anisotropy at 293K Δε: Dielectric anisotropy at 293K γ1: Rotational viscosity at 293K (mPa · s)
K11: Elastic constant of spread at 293K (pN)
K33: Elastic constant of bending at 293K (pN)
 1.液晶混合物の調製
 以下では、化合物の記載について、次の略号を用いる。略号中のnは自然数である。
1. Preparation of liquid crystal mixture In the following, the following abbreviations are used for the description of compounds. N in the abbreviation is a natural number.
 (側鎖)
 -n    -C2n+1:炭素原子数nの直鎖状アルキル基
 n-    C2n+1-:炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルキル基
 -On   -OC2n+1:炭素原子数nの直鎖状アルコキシ基
(Side chain)
-N -C n H 2n + 1: linear alkyl group n- C n H 2n + 1 carbon atoms n -: -On linear alkyl group having a carbon number n -OC n H 2n + 1: the number of carbon atoms n Linear alkoxy group
 (連結構造)
 -nO-  -C2nO-
 (環構造)
(Connection structure)
-NO- -C n H 2n O-
(Ring structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 液晶混合物LC-1の組成および物性について、以下の表1に示す。 The composition and physical properties of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1 are shown in Table 1 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
 2.液晶組成物の調製
 (実施例1)
 まず、下記の重合性モノマAと下記の重合性モノマB1とを、質量比で75:25となるように混合して、重合性モノマ混合物を得た。
2. Preparation of liquid crystal composition (Example 1)
First, the following polymerizable monomer A and the following polymerizable monomer B1 were mixed in a mass ratio of 75:25 to obtain a polymerizable monomer mixture.
 次に、100質量部の液晶混合物LC-1に対して、0.3質量部の重合性モノマ混合物を混合して、加熱溶解することにより液晶組成物を得た。 Next, 0.3 part by mass of the polymerizable monomer mixture was mixed with 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1 and heated and dissolved to obtain a liquid crystal composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 (実施例2)
 重合性モノマAと重合性モノマB1とを、質量比50:50となるように混合して、重合性モノマ混合物を得た以外は、前記実施例1と同様にして、液晶組成物を得た。
(Example 2)
A liquid crystal composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B1 were mixed at a mass ratio of 50:50 to obtain a polymerizable monomer mixture. .
 (実施例3)
 重合性モノマAと重合性モノマB1とを、質量比25:75となるように混合して、重合性モノマ混合物を得た以外は、前記実施例1と同様にして、液晶組成物を得た。
(Example 3)
A liquid crystal composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B1 were mixed in a mass ratio of 25:75 to obtain a polymerizable monomer mixture. .
 (実施例11~13)
 重合性モノマB1に代えて、下記の重合性モノマB2を用いた以外は、前記実施例1~3と同様にして、液晶組成物を得た。
(Examples 11 to 13)
Liquid crystal compositions were obtained in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the following polymerizable monomer B2 was used instead of the polymerizable monomer B1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
 (実施例21~23)
 重合性モノマB1に代えて、下記の重合性モノマB3を用いた以外は、前記実施例1~3と同様にして、液晶組成物を得た。
(Examples 21 to 23)
Liquid crystal compositions were obtained in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the following polymerizable monomer B3 was used instead of the polymerizable monomer B1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
 (比較例1)
 重合性モノマAを単独で用いた以外は、前記実施例1と同様にして、液晶組成物を得た。
(Comparative Example 1)
A liquid crystal composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable monomer A was used alone.
 (比較例2)
 重合性モノマB1を単独で用いた以外は、前記実施例1と同様にして、液晶組成物を得た。
(Comparative example 2)
A liquid crystal composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable monomer B1 was used alone.
 (比較例3)
 重合性モノマB2を単独で用いた以外は、前記実施例1と同様にして、液晶組成物を得た。
(Comparative Example 3)
A liquid crystal composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable monomer B2 was used alone.
 (比較例4)
 重合性モノマB3を単独で用いた以外は、前記実施例1と同様にして、液晶組成物を得た。
(Comparative example 4)
A liquid crystal composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable monomer B3 was used alone.
 3.液晶表示素子の作製
 まず、ポリイミド膜をITO基板に塗布した後、ポリイミド膜にラビング処理することにより配向膜を形成した。その後、配向膜付きITO基板を含む空の液晶セル(セルギャップ3.5μm)を作製した。
3. Preparation of Liquid Crystal Display Element First, a polyimide film was applied to an ITO substrate, and then the polyimide film was rubbed to form an alignment film. Then, an empty liquid crystal cell (cell gap 3.5 μm) including an ITO substrate with an alignment film was prepared.
 次に、真空注入法により空の液晶セル内に各実施例および各比較例の液晶組成物を注入した。 Next, the liquid crystal compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples were injected into an empty liquid crystal cell by a vacuum injection method.
 次に、液晶組成物を注入した液量セルに、周波数100Hzで10Vの交流電界(交流電圧)を印加した状態で、高圧水銀灯から325nm以下の波長の紫外線をカットするフィルターを介して紫外線を照射した。 Next, while applying a 10 V AC electric field (AC voltage) at a frequency of 100 Hz to the liquid crystal cell into which the liquid crystal composition was injected, irradiate ultraviolet rays through a filter that cuts off ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 325 nm or less from a high pressure mercury lamp. did.
 このとき、中心波長365nmの条件で測定した照度が100mW/cmになるように設定し、積算光量10J/cmの紫外線を照射した。これにより、液晶組成物中の液晶分子にプレチルト角を付与した。 At this time, the illuminance measured under the condition of the central wavelength of 365 nm was set to be 100 mW / cm 2 , and the integrated light amount of 10 J / cm 2 of ultraviolet rays was irradiated. Thereby, the pretilt angle was given to the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition.
 4.評価
 各実施例および各比較例の液晶組成物を用いた液晶表示素子について、以下の評価を行った。
4. Evaluation The following evaluations were performed on the liquid crystal display devices using the liquid crystal compositions of the examples and the comparative examples.
 4-1.プレチルト角付与効果の評価
 得られた液晶表示素子において、液晶分子のプレチルト角を、プレチルト角測定システム(シンテック社製、「OPTIPRO」)を用いて測定し、以下の基準に従って評価した。
4-1. Evaluation of Pretilt Angle Providing Effect In the obtained liquid crystal display device, the pretilt angle of liquid crystal molecules was measured using a pretilt angle measuring system (“OPTIPRO” manufactured by Shintech Co., Ltd.) and evaluated according to the following criteria.
 [評価基準]
 A:4°超
 B:2~4°
 C:2°未満
[Evaluation criteria]
A: Over 4 ° B: 2-4 °
C: less than 2 °
 4-2.プレチルト角変化量の評価
 「4-1」の評価におけるプレチルト角を初期値とした。
4-2. Evaluation of Pretilt Angle Change Amount The pretilt angle in the evaluation of "4-1" was used as the initial value.
 次いで、液晶表示素子に対して、周波数100Hzで30Vの矩形電圧を印加しつつ、バックライトから10時間連続して光を照射した。その後、プレチルト角を再度測定し、プレチルト角(試験後値)とした。 Next, while applying a rectangular voltage of 30 V at a frequency of 100 Hz to the liquid crystal display element, light was continuously emitted from the backlight for 10 hours. After that, the pretilt angle was measured again and used as the pretilt angle (post-test value).
 測定されたプレチルト角(初期値)からプレチルト角(試験後値)を減算した値を、プレチルト角変化量(=プレチルト角変化の絶対値)[°]として、以下の基準に従って評価した。 The value obtained by subtracting the pretilt angle (post-test value) from the measured pretilt angle (initial value) was used as the pretilt angle change amount (= absolute value of pretilt angle change) [°] and evaluated according to the following criteria.
 [評価基準]
 A:0.5°未満の変化
 B:0.5~1°の変化
 C:1°超の変化
 プレチルト角変化量は、0[°]に近い程、プレチルト角の変化による表示不良が発生する可能性がより低くなる。
[Evaluation criteria]
A: Change less than 0.5 ° B: Change 0.5 to 1 ° C: Change more than 1 ° As the amount of change in pretilt angle is closer to 0 [°], display failure occurs due to change in pretilt angle. Less likely.
 これらの評価結果を表2~表4に示す。 The evaluation results are shown in Tables 2-4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000083
 表2~表4に示すように、各実施例では、プレチルト角の付与効果、およびその変化量の低減効果に優れていた。 As shown in Tables 2 to 4, in each of the examples, the effect of providing the pretilt angle and the effect of reducing the change amount thereof were excellent.
 これに対して、各比較例では、プレチルト角の付与効果、およびその変化量の低減効果のいずれかが劣っていた。 On the other hand, in each comparative example, either the effect of giving the pretilt angle or the effect of reducing the amount of change was inferior.
 なお、本実施例では、全重合性モノマは、液晶分子100質量部に対して0.3質量部で混合したが、これに限定されず、0.1~3質量部の範囲(好ましくは0.2~2質量部)の範囲で混合することができる。このような範囲の使用量であれば、上記と同様の傾向の効果が得られる。 In addition, in this example, the total polymerizable monomer was mixed in an amount of 0.3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of liquid crystal molecules, but the present invention is not limited to this, and is in the range of 0.1 to 3 parts by mass (preferably 0 parts). It can be mixed in the range of 0.2 to 2 parts by mass). If the amount used is in such a range, the effect of the same tendency as described above can be obtained.
 1     液晶表示素子
 AM    アクティブマトリクス基板
 CF    カラーフィルタ基板
 2     第1の基板
 3     第2の基板
 4     液晶層
 5     画素電極層
 6     共通電極層
 7     第1の偏光板
 8     第2の偏光板
 9     カラーフィルタ
 11    ゲートバスライン
 12    データバスライン
 13    画素電極
 14    Cs電極
 15    ソース電極
 16    ドレイン電極
 17    コンタクトホール
1 Liquid Crystal Display Element AM Active Matrix Substrate CF Color Filter Substrate 2 First Substrate 3 Second Substrate 4 Liquid Crystal Layer 5 Pixel Electrode Layer 6 Common Electrode Layer 7 First Polarizing Plate 8 Second Polarizing Plate 9 Color Filter 11 Gate Bus line 12 Data bus line 13 Pixel electrode 14 Cs electrode 15 Source electrode 16 Drain electrode 17 Contact hole

Claims (13)

  1.  液晶分子と、
     メソゲン骨格と、該メソゲン骨格に結合した少なくとも2つの重合性基とを有し、該重合性基の全てが前記メソゲン骨格に直接結合している重合性モノマAと、
     メソゲン骨格と、該メソゲン骨格に結合した少なくとも2つの重合性基とを有し、該重合性基の全てが前記メソゲン骨格にスペーサ基を介して結合している重合性モノマBと、を含有することを特徴とする液晶組成物。
    Liquid crystal molecules,
    A polymerizable monomer A having a mesogen skeleton and at least two polymerizable groups bonded to the mesogen skeleton, all of the polymerizable groups being directly bonded to the mesogen skeleton;
    A polymerizable monomer B having a mesogenic skeleton and at least two polymerizable groups bonded to the mesogenic skeleton, all of the polymerizable groups being bonded to the mesogenic skeleton via a spacer group. A liquid crystal composition comprising:
  2.  前記重合性モノマAにおいて、前記2つの重合性基は、前記メソゲン骨格の長軸方向両端部のほぼ対称な位置に結合している請求項1に記載の液晶組成物。 The liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, wherein in the polymerizable monomer A, the two polymerizable groups are bonded to substantially symmetrical positions at both ends in the long axis direction of the mesogen skeleton.
  3.  前記重合性モノマAにおいて、前記メソゲン骨格は、2~4つの環構造を備える請求項1または2に記載の液晶組成物。 3. The liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, wherein in the polymerizable monomer A, the mesogenic skeleton has 2 to 4 ring structures.
  4.  前記重合性モノマAにおいて、前記メソゲン骨格は、さらに前記環構造に結合する下記置換基Ki1Aを備える請求項3に記載の液晶組成物。
     置換基Ki1Aは、ハロゲン原子、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のハロゲン化アルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のシアノ化アルキル基、または直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルコキシ基を表す。
    (前記アルキル基中の2個以上の第二級炭素原子は、-C(=Xi1)-および/または-(CH-CN)-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-C(=CH)-、-C(=CHRi3)-、-C(=CRi3 )-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-NH-、-COO-または-OCO-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基の末端は、OH、NHまたはCNで置換されてもよい。式中、Xi1は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、NHまたはNRi3を表し、Ri3は、直鎖状または分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表す(ただし、このアルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置換されてもよい。)。)
    The liquid crystal composition according to claim 3, wherein in the polymerizable monomer A, the mesogenic skeleton further includes the following substituent K i1A bonded to the ring structure.
    The substituent K i1A is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched chain. Represents a cyanated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms.
    (Two or more secondary carbon atoms in the alkyl group may be substituted with -C (= X i1 ) -and / or- (CH-CN)-, and the secondary carbon atom in the alkyl group is The carbon atom is -C (= CH 2 )-, -C (= CHR i3 )-, -C (= CR i3 2 )-, -CH = CH-, -C≡C so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent. It may be substituted with —, —O—, —NH—, —COO— or —OCO—, and the end of the alkyl group may be substituted with OH, NH 2 or CN, wherein X i1 is , An oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or NR i3 , and R i3 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (provided that the secondary carbon atom in the alkyl group is , Substituted with -O-, -CH = CH- or -C≡C- so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent May be done.).)
  5.  前記重合性モノマBにおいて、前記メソゲン骨格は、2~4つの環構造を含む請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物。 The liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein in the polymerizable monomer B, the mesogenic skeleton includes 2 to 4 ring structures.
  6.  前記重合性モノマBにおいて、前記メソゲン骨格中の前記2~4つの環構造は、連結多環構造を形成している請求項5に記載の液晶組成物。 The liquid crystal composition according to claim 5, wherein in the polymerizable monomer B, the 2 to 4 ring structures in the mesogen skeleton form a linked polycyclic structure.
  7.  前記重合性モノマBにおいて、前記メソゲン骨格は、さらに前記環構造に結合する下記置換基Ki1Bを備える請求項6に記載の液晶組成物。
     置換基Ki1Bは、ハロゲン原子、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のハロゲン化アルキル基、直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のシアノ化アルキル基、または直鎖状もしくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~40のアルコキシ基を表す。
    (前記アルキル基中の2個以上の第二級炭素原子は、-C(=Xi1)-および/または-(CH-CN)-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-C(=CH)-、-C(=CHRi3)-、-C(=CRi3 )-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-NH-、-COO-または-OCO-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基中の水素原子は、P-Sp-で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基の末端は、OH、NHまたはCNで置換されてもよい。式中、Xi1は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、NHまたはNRi3を表し、Ri3は、直鎖状または分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表し(ただし、このアルキル基中の第二級炭素原子は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置換されてもよい。)、Pは、重合性基を表し、Spは、スペーサ基を表す。)
    The liquid crystal composition according to claim 6, wherein in the polymerizable monomer B, the mesogenic skeleton further includes the following substituent K i1B bonded to the ring structure.
    The substituent K i1B is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched group. Represents a cyanated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms.
    (Two or more secondary carbon atoms in the alkyl group may be substituted with -C (= X i1 ) -and / or- (CH-CN)-, and the secondary carbon atom in the alkyl group is The carbon atom is -C (= CH 2 )-, -C (= CHR i3 )-, -C (= CR i3 2 )-, -CH = CH-, -C≡C so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent. It may be substituted with-, -O-, -NH-, -COO- or -OCO-, the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with P-Sp-, and the terminal of the alkyl group is , OH, NH 2 or CN, wherein X i1 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or NR i3 , and R i3 has a linear or branched carbon atom number of 1 to 20 represents an alkyl group (provided that the secondary carbon atom in this alkyl group is directly linked to the oxygen atom). It may be substituted with -O-, -CH = CH- or -C≡C- so as not to be adjacent to each other.), P represents a polymerizable group, and Sp represents a spacer group.)
  8.  前記重合性モノマAと前記重合性モノマBとの合計量に対する前記重合性モノマAの量は、25~75質量%である請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物。 The liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the amount of the polymerizable monomer A based on the total amount of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B is 25 to 75% by mass.
  9.  当該液晶組成物中に含まれる前記重合性モノマAと前記重合性モノマBとの合計量は、前記液晶分子100質量部に対して、0.1~3質量部である請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物。 9. The total amount of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B contained in the liquid crystal composition is 0.1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal molecule. The liquid crystal composition according to any one of items.
  10.  2つの基板と、該2つの基板の間に設けられた請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物を含む液晶層と、を備えることを特徴とする液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display device comprising two substrates and a liquid crystal layer provided between the two substrates and containing the liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
  11.  前記液晶層は、前記重合性モノマAおよび前記重合性モノマBの重合物を含む請求項10に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 10, wherein the liquid crystal layer contains a polymerized product of the polymerizable monomer A and the polymerizable monomer B.
  12.  アクティブマトリックス駆動用である請求項10または11に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display device according to claim 10, which is for driving an active matrix.
  13.  PSA型、PSVA型、VA型、IPS型、FFS型またはECB型である請求項10~12のいずれか1項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 10 to 12, which is a PSA type, PSVA type, VA type, IPS type, FFS type or ECB type.
PCT/JP2019/037806 2018-10-11 2019-09-26 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element WO2020075508A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020506858A JP6787527B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2019-09-26 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
CN201980046474.0A CN112437802A (en) 2018-10-11 2019-09-26 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018192339 2018-10-11
JP2018-192339 2018-10-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020075508A1 true WO2020075508A1 (en) 2020-04-16

Family

ID=70163793

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/037806 WO2020075508A1 (en) 2018-10-11 2019-09-26 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6787527B2 (en)
CN (1) CN112437802A (en)
TW (1) TW202028436A (en)
WO (1) WO2020075508A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013538250A (en) * 2010-07-21 2013-10-10 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Polymerizable mixtures and their use in liquid crystal displays
WO2013161669A1 (en) * 2012-04-24 2013-10-31 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition comprising polymerizable compounds and liquid crystal display element using same
WO2017047177A1 (en) * 2015-09-15 2017-03-23 Jnc株式会社 Polymerizable polar compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element
WO2018117213A1 (en) * 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112029513B (en) * 2012-02-22 2024-02-23 默克专利股份有限公司 Liquid-crystalline medium
JP5069383B1 (en) * 2012-04-27 2012-11-07 日科ミクロン株式会社 Ozone water generator
DE102017010159A1 (en) * 2016-11-21 2018-05-24 Merck Patent Gmbh Compounds for homeotropic alignment of liquid-crystalline media

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013538250A (en) * 2010-07-21 2013-10-10 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Polymerizable mixtures and their use in liquid crystal displays
WO2013161669A1 (en) * 2012-04-24 2013-10-31 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition comprising polymerizable compounds and liquid crystal display element using same
WO2017047177A1 (en) * 2015-09-15 2017-03-23 Jnc株式会社 Polymerizable polar compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element
WO2018117213A1 (en) * 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2020075508A1 (en) 2021-02-15
CN112437802A (en) 2021-03-02
JP6787527B2 (en) 2020-11-18
TW202028436A (en) 2020-08-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7180247B2 (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP6690782B2 (en) Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
JP6610833B2 (en) Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition
JP7298136B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP6399261B1 (en) Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition
JPWO2017098954A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP6566153B1 (en) Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP7088251B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition
JP6750755B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
JP6565648B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP2017222749A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP6747611B2 (en) Liquid crystal display device manufacturing method
JPWO2018043144A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP6787527B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP6409995B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP2020063324A (en) Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display using the same
WO2018105379A1 (en) Liquid-crystal composition, liquid-crystal display element, and liquid-crystal display
JP6940015B1 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
TWI721763B (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP6733842B2 (en) Liquid crystal display device and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device
WO2020008896A1 (en) Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device
JPWO2021002205A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2018207247A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JPWO2020008897A1 (en) Substrate and liquid crystal display element
JP2020105238A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020506858

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19872000

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19872000

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1